JSB FINANCIAL INC
10-K405, 1998-03-27
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: SOONER HOLDINGS INC /OK/, NT 10-K, 1998-03-27
Next: HARTFORD INTERNATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND INC, 24F-2NT, 1998-03-27




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

   [X]      Annual  report  pursuant  to section 13 or 15(d) of the  securities
             exchange act of 1934 for the year ended December 31, 1997

   [ ]      Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the
             securities exchange act of 1934

                         Commission file number 1-13157

                               JSB FINANCIAL, INC.
                               -------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


          Delaware                                   11-3000874
          --------                                   ----------
(State or other jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                    Identification No.)

                   303 Merrick Road, Lynbrook, New York 11563
                   ------------------------------------------
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (516) 887-7000
       ------------------------------------------------------------------

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     Common Stock $.01 par value (Title of each class)
     -------------------------------------------------

     New York Stock Exchange (Name of each exchange on which registered)
     -------------------------------------------------------------------

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None
     -----------------------------------------------------------   ----

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant  (1) has filed all reports
     required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
     of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
     registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to
     such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ______  No __X___

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
     405 of Regulation S-K is not considered  herein, and will not be contained,
     to  the  best  of  the  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
     information  statements  incorporated  by reference in Part III of the Form
     10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (X)

     The aggregate  market value of voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
     registrant  as of March 4,  1998:  Common  stock par value  $.01 per share,
     $450,467,434.  This  figure is based on the  closing  price by the New York
     Stock  Exchange  for a share of the  registrant's  common stock on March 4,
     1998, which was $53.3125 as reported in the Wall Street Journal on March 5,
     1998.

     The number of shares of the  registrant's  Common Stock  outstanding  as of
     March 16, 1998 was 9,882,547 shares.


     DOCUMENTS  INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE:  Portions of the  definitive  Proxy
     Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 12, 1998
     and portions of the 1997 Annual  Report to  Stockholders  are  incorporated
     herein by reference Parts I, II and III.



<PAGE>  2


                         FORM 10-K CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

PART I                                                                   Page
- ------                                                                   ----
Item  1.  Business .....................................................   3
Item  2.  Properties....................................................  32
Item  3.  Legal Proceedings.............................................  32
Item  4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders...........  32
Additional Item.  Executive Officers....................................  33

PART II
- -------
Item  5.  Market for JSB Financial Inc.'s Common Equity
            and Related Stockholders' Matters...........................  34
Item  6.  Selected Financial Data.......................................  34
Item  7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
            and Results of Operations...................................  34
Item  8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..................  34
Item  9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
            and Financial Disclosure....................................  34

PART III
- --------
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers..............................  35
Item 11.  Executive Compensation........................................  35
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
            and Management..............................................  35
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................  35

PART IV
- -------
Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on
            Form 8-K....................................................  36

SIGNATURES..............................................................  39



<PAGE>  3

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
- -----------------

                             DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

General
- -------

        JSB  Financial,  Inc.  ("JSB  Financial",   "Company"  or  the  "Holding
Company") is a Delaware  corporation,  incorporated  on February 6, 1990,  which
acquired all of the stock of Jamaica Savings Bank FSB ("Jamaica  Savings" or the
"Bank") upon the Bank's  conversion  from a federally  chartered  mutual savings
bank to a federally  chartered  stock savings  bank.  The stock  conversion  was
completed  on  June  27,  1990.  The  information  presented  in  the  financial
statements  and in the Form 10-K reflect the financial  condition and results of
operations of the Company, as consolidated with its wholly owned subsidiary, the
Bank.

        In addition to the Company's investment in the Bank, the Company invests
in U.S. Government and agency securities,  federal funds sold (through the Bank)
and holds first  mortgage  loans.  The Company  received the mortgage loans as a
dividend from the Bank. (See Note 27 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements,
included on pages 42 and 43 in the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.)

        Jamaica  Savings  was  organized  in 1866 as a New York state  chartered
mutual  savings  bank.  In 1983,  the Bank  converted  to a federally  chartered
savings bank, retaining the "leeway" investment authority and broader investment
powers  available to a state  chartered  savings bank,  and its Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") insurance.

        The Bank's principal  business consists of attracting  deposits from the
general public and investing those deposits,  together with funds generated from
operations,  in first  mortgage  loans  secured by real  estate,  collateralized
mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs"),  U.S. Government and federal agency securities,
and to a lesser extent, various other consumer loans and federal funds sold. The
Bank has a number of  wholly-owned  subsidiary  corporations  primarily  for the
purpose of owning, operating and disposing of real estate properties.

        Since 1990, the Company has  maintained  stock  repurchase  programs and
paid quarterly cash dividends to stockholders.  During 1997, the Company did not
repurchase any of its outstanding  common stock and paid total cash dividends of
$13.8 million, or $1.40 per common share.

Market Area and Competition
- ---------------------------

        Market Area  Headquartered  in  Lynbrook,  New York,  the Bank  conducts
business from 13 full service branch offices, 10 of which are located in the New
York City  borough of Queens,  one in the borough of  Manhattan  and one each in
suburban Nassau (the headquarters) and Suffolk counties.

        Jamaica Savings is a  community-oriented  financial  institution serving
its market area with a wide selection of residential  loans,  consumer loans and
retail  financial  services.  Management  considers  the  Bank's  retail  branch
network,  reputation for financial  strength and quality customer service as its
major competitive  advantages in attracting and retaining customers.  Management
believes that the Bank benefits from its community bank orientation.  The Bank's
long term  relationships  with its depositors are considered a valuable resource
for the future, as the Bank continues to expand services offered to customers.

         Local Economy The primary market area for the Bank is  concentrated  in
the  neighborhoods  surrounding  its thirteen full service  offices.  Management
believes that its branch offices are primarily  located in communities  that can
generally be characterized as stable, residential neighborhoods of predominantly
one- to  four-family  residences  and middle  income  families.  During the late
1980's to the early 1990's,  the New York metropolitan area experienced  reduced
employment  as a result of the  general  decline in the local  economy and other
factors.  The area  experienced  a general  decline in real estate  values and a
decline in home sales and  construction  and,  sharp  decreases  in the value of
commercial properties, land, as well as cooperatives and condominiums.


<PAGE>  4

         During the last four years,  unemployment  and real estate  values have
been  relatively  stable in the New York  metropolitan  area.  New York City has
benefited  from the  resurgence  and  growth  in  employment  and  profitability
experienced by national  securities and investment  banking firms, many of which
are domiciled in  Manhattan,  as well as the growth and  profitability  of other
financial  service  companies,  such as money center banks.  The strength of the
national  economy and of the United  States  equities  markets  has  contributed
significantly  to the recent growth and increased  profitability  of Wall Street
securities and investment  banking firms,  which has benefited the Bank's market
area.

         A weakness or  deterioration  in the economic  conditions of the Bank's
primary  lending  area in the  future  could  result  in the  Bank  experiencing
increases in non-performing  loans. Such increases would likely result in higher
provisions for possible loan losses,  reduced levels of interest  earning assets
which would lower the level of net interest income and possibly result in higher
levels of other real estate owned expense.

        Highly   Competitive   Industry  and  Geographic  Area  The  Bank  faces
significant  competition  for  mortgage and consumer  loan  originations  and in
attracting  and  retaining  deposits.  The New York City  metropolitan  and Long
Island areas have a high concentration of financial institutions,  many of which
are significantly larger and have greater financial resources than the Bank, all
of which are competitors of the Bank to varying degrees.  The Bank's competition
for loans and deposits  comes  principally  from savings and loan  associations,
savings banks, commercial banks, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies
and credit unions.  The most direct  competition  for deposits has  historically
come from savings and loan  associations,  savings banks,  commercial  banks and
credit unions.  In addition,  products  offered by the securities  industry have
created alternative investments,  including money market accounts,  mutual funds
and annuities,  available to the general public.  The Bank competes for deposits
through pricing, service and by offering a variety of deposit accounts and other
services.  Management competes for loans principally through pricing, efficiency
and the quality of its services provided to borrowers,  real estate and mortgage
brokers.   Competition  may  also  increase  as  a  result  of  the  lifting  of
restrictions on interstate operations of financial institutions.

Lending Activities and Risk
- ---------------------------

General
- -------
     The Bank  offers a  variety  of loans  to  serve  the  credit  needs of the
communities  in which it  operates.  The  Bank's  loan  portfolio  is  comprised
primarily of first mortgage loans secured by:  multi-family  rental  properties;
cooperative  buildings;  one-to four-family residences (which is almost entirely
comprised of  mortgages  secured by one and two family  residences);  commercial
property and to a lesser extent,  construction loans. The Bank also offers other
loans,  including:  property  improvement;  home equity loans;  loans secured by
deposit  accounts;  student  loans;  automobile  loans and  personal  loans.  At
December 31, 1997, the loan portfolio was $999.7  million,  net of allowances of
$5.9 million and unearned fees and  discounts of $3.3  million.  At December 31,
1997, net loans  represented  65.1% of the Company's total assets.  During 1997,
mortgage loans  originated for portfolio were $205.2 million  compared to $136.2
million during 1996. The Bank does not offer any loans that provide for negative
amortization.  (See "Loan Portfolio" and "Maturities and  Sensitivities of Loans
to Changes in Interest Rates", pages 23 and 24, herein.) Management monitors the
economy and real  estate  market in which the Bank  operates  and  modifies  its
lending policies as considered appropriate.

        Pursuant  to the New York  City  Housing  Partnership/HPD  Homeownership
Program, the Bank provides funding for two New York construction  projects,  one
in Queens  and one in  Brooklyn,  New  York,  whereby  the Bank  holds the first
mortgage on the  premises and obtains  personal  guarantees  from the  builders.
Advances  for each of these  projects  are based on executed  contracts  of sale
prior to construction and construction progress on a per unit/house basis. These
projects are as follows:  (1) East New York Homes - In February,  1997, the Bank
entered into an agreement to finance the  construction  of 45 2-family houses in
East New York,  Brooklyn.  The Bank  commitment is for $6.9 million with no more
than $3.5 million  outstanding  at any one time.  (2)  Bayswater  Village in Far
Rockaway,  Queens,  New  York - In  December,  1996,  the Bank  entered  into an
agreement  to finance  the  construction  of 16  two-family  houses with a total
development  cost of $3.5 million with no more than $1.9 million  outstanding at
any one time.

<PAGE>  5

        In addition,  the Bank makes six month  construction  loans to a builder
who constructs one and two-family  houses in low to moderate income areas within
the Bank's market area.  The loans are approved on a per building  basis and the
Bank holds the first  mortgage on the premises and obtains a personal  guarantee
from the builder.  At December  31, 1997,  the Bank held a total $3.1 million in
construction loans.

        The Bank continues to emphasize  lending on multi-family  and underlying
cooperative  properties.  Lending on these types of properties poses significant
additional  risks to the lender as  compared  with one-to  four-family  mortgage
lending.   These  loans  generally  are  made  to  single  borrowers  or  realty
corporations  controlled by an individual  or group of  individuals  and involve
substantially higher loan balances than one-to four-family  residential mortgage
loans.  Moreover,  the  repayment  of such loans is  typically  dependent on the
successful  operation  of the  property,  which  in turn is  dependent  upon the
expertise  and  ability of the  borrower  to properly  manage and  maintain  the
property.  In addition,  management  recognizes that repayment of commercial and
multi-family  loans is subject to adverse  changes in the real estate  market or
the economy,  to a far greater  extent than is  repayment of one-to  four-family
mortgage loans.

Multi-family,  Underlying Cooperative and Commercial Real Estate Lending
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Bank originates mortgage loans secured by multi-family  dwellings of 50
units or more,  cooperative  buildings and income  producing  properties such as
shopping centers. At December 31, 1997, 57.5% of total gross mortgage loans were
secured by multi-family  rental properties,  27.3% by cooperative  buildings and
7.3% by  commercial  real  estate.  At that date,  the Bank's ten largest  loans
totaled $121.0  million.  These ten mortgage loans were comprised of: five loans
totaling $62.9 million  secured by  multi-family  rental  properties;  two loans
totaling $23.4 million secured by underlying  cooperative  buildings;  one $12.8
million  mortgage loan secured by the land underlying a luxury  Manhattan hotel;
one $11.1 million loan secured by a commercial  office  building;  and one $10.8
million loan  secured by a shopping  center.  At December  31, 1997,  the Bank's
largest loan was an $18.5 million  mortgage loan secured by a 684 unit apartment
complex. The Bank's largest underlying  cooperative loan, which had a balance of
$12.8 million at December 31, 1997, was  non-performing.  Subsequent to December
31, 1997, the Bank entered into a settlement  agreement with the borrower.  (See
"Delinquencies and Classified Assets",  page 25 and "Potential Problem Loans and
Other Assets and Subsequent Developments", page 28, herein.)

        Substantially  all of the  Bank's  mortgage  loans on  income  producing
properties  are secured by  properties  located  within the Bank's  market area.
Mortgages currently offered on income producing  properties are underwritten for
terms that  generally  do not exceed 10 years.  Since  amortization  (if any) on
multi-family  rental,  underlying  cooperative and commercial  mortgage loans is
over significantly  longer periods than the terms to maturity,  balloon payments
are due at  maturity.  In  establishing  interest  rates,  origination  fees and
amortization terms for these types of loans, management considers current market
conditions,  competition and the risks associated with the property securing the
loan.  The  interest  rates on such loans are based on the five to ten year U.S.
Treasury  Constant Maturity Index, plus a spread to reflect the term of the loan
and associated credit risk.

        In underwriting  mortgage loans secured by income producing  properties,
including  multi-family  rental,  underlying  cooperative  and  commercial  real
estate,  the Bank's mortgage officers engage in detailed analysis to ensure that
the property's  anticipated cash flow is sufficient to cover operating  expenses
and debt service. Under the Bank's current policy, at origination, loan-to-value
ratios  generally do not exceed 75% on loans secured by multi-family  rental and
commercial real estate properties and 40% on underlying  cooperatives.  The Bank
requires  that  properties  securing  such loans be appraised by a member of the
Bank's appraisal staff or a qualified independent  appraiser.  The Bank requires
borrowers to obtain title insurance and hazard insurance in an amount sufficient
to cover the mortgage naming the Bank as loss payee. All loans secured by income
producing  property  must be  approved  by two  members of the  Bank's  Mortgage
Committee,  which is comprised of five members of the Board of Directors and the
Chairman of the Board "ex officio",  or one member of the Mortgage Committee and
the senior lending officer.

<PAGE>  6

        Underlying cooperative loans are first liens on the cooperative building
and the land.  Underlying  cooperative mortgages are senior to cooperative share
loans.  Cooperative  share  loans are secured by the  proprietary  leases on the
individual units. Consequently, when the amount of an underlying loan is related
to the  market  value of a  cooperative  building,  including  the  value of the
individual units, the resulting loan-to-value ratio generally is in the range of
15% to 30%.

        Mortgage lending on multi-family, cooperative, and commercial properties
poses  significant  additional  risks to the  lender  as  compared  with  one-to
four-family mortgage lending. At December 31, 1997, the largest concentration of
loans to any one  borrower  consisted  of two  mortgage  loans with an aggregate
balance of $29.6 million,  which were secured by a multi-family garden apartment
complex and a commercial office tower.

        Management  monitors the loan  portfolios on a regular basis in order to
identify  trends that may affect future  collectibility.  Specific  attention is
given  to   concentrations   of  credit  based  on  the  loan   collateral   and
concentrations to any one borrower or category of borrower.  (See "Delinquencies
and   Classified   Assets"  and   "Potential   Problem   Loans  and   Subsequent
Developments", page 25 through 28, herein.)

One-to Four-Family  Lending
- ---------------------------
     The  Bank  offers  first  mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-to  four-family
residences and  condominium  units in complexes  which are at least 90% sold and
cooperative  apartment  share loans where at least 65% of the total  cooperative
shares are sold. While three-to  four-family  mortgages are offered by the Bank,
minimal demand has been experienced.  At December 31, 1997,  one-to  four-family
mortgages totaled $73.8 million, of which $66.0 million were fixed rate mortgage
loans and $7.8  million  were  adjustable  rate  mortgage  ("ARM")  loans.  Loan
applications  are received from  existing  customers and generated by referrals,
branch  and  newspaper  advertising.   One-to  four-family  mortgage  loans  are
generally  underwritten  according  to  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association
("Fannie Mae") and State of New York Mortgage Association ("SONYMA") guidelines,
except as to limitations on loan amount.

        For a loan secured by one-to four-family  residential real estate,  upon
receipt  of  a  completed  loan   application,   disclosures  are  sent  to  the
applicant(s).  Income and certain other information is verified, a credit report
is ordered, and, if necessary, additional financial information is requested. If
the mortgage applicant's credit is verified and approved, an appraisal and flood
certification for the property are ordered.  In addition to utilizing the Bank's
appraisal staff, some appraisals on one-to  four-family  properties are prepared
by independent appraisers,  who are approved as qualified by the Bank's Mortgage
Committee.  It is the  Bank's  policy to  require  title  insurance  and  hazard
insurance  prior to closing on all real estate first mortgage  loans.  Borrowers
are generally  required to advance funds on a monthly basis to a mortgage escrow
account, together with each payment of principal and interest. Disbursements are
made from escrow accounts for real estate taxes and insurance premiums.

        The Bank offers fixed rate  mortgages and ARMs,  with interest rates and
other terms that are  competitive  with those  available in its market area. The
interest rate on ARMs are adjusted based on a spread above an agreed upon index,
such as a United States Treasury  Index.  The Bank's ARM loan interest rates are
generally  subject to annual rate change  limitations  of 2.00%,  up or down. In
addition,  ARM loans  offered  by the Bank  provide  for a  lifetime  cap on the
adjustment  in the interest  rate of 6.00% from the initial  rate.  These limits
help to reduce the interest rate  sensitivity  of such loans during periods with
significant  changes in interest rates. During periods of rising interest rates,
the  increase in the  required  monthly  payment for ARM loans may  increase the
likelihood of  delinquencies.  The ARM loans originated by the Bank reprice each
year,  on  the  loan's   anniversary  date  and  do  not  provide  for  negative
amortization.

        The Bank currently requires that one-to four-family residential mortgage
loans,  excluding  cooperative  apartment loans, not exceed the lesser of 80% of
appraised  value  of the  property  securing  the  loan  or  purchase  price  at
origination.  Up to 95%  financing  is  available  with the  purchase of private
mortgage  insurance  ("PMI"),  provided that the loan  qualifies for sale in the
secondary market.  Loans secured by cooperative  apartments  (cooperative  share
loans)  generally  require a down payment equal to 20% of the purchase price and
are not offered  with PMI. The Bank offers  one-to  four-family  mortgages  with
various terms.  One-to four-family loans must be approved by at least two senior
officers of the  Mortgage,  Consumer Loan or Real Estate  Departments.  Mortgage
loans in the Bank's portfolio  ordinarily  include  due-on-sale  clauses,  which
provide the Bank with the contractual right to deem the loan immediately due and
payable in the event  that the  borrower  transfers  ownership  of the  property
without  the  Bank's  consent.  It is the Bank's  policy to enforce  due-on-sale
provisions  or to require  that the  interest  rate be  adjusted  to the current
market rate when ownership is transferred.  Management monitors various economic
indicators and  competitive  conditions in its lending area,  and, in connection
therewith, may modify underwriting standards based on their assessments.


<PAGE>  7

        During 1997, the Bank originated for sale and subsequently sold, without
recourse,  $1.6 million of mortgage loans, on which the Bank retained servicing.
Included in loan sales were mortgage  loans of $703,000 to the State of New York
Mortgage  Association,  originated  and  sold  pursuant  to a  program  aimed at
prospective  first time home buyers with low to moderate income.  As part of the
Bank's agreement with the government  agencies,  the Bank offers mortgage loans,
for up to 95% of the lower of the purchase price or appraised  value,  on single
family principal  residences to credit qualified home buyers.  In addition,  the
borrower  must have not had income  greater  than 115 percent of the area family
median  income  as  published  by the  U.S.  Department  of  Housing  and  Urban
Development  annually in the report,  "Estimated Median Family Incomes".  During
1996,  the Bank  entered into an  agreement  to  originate  and sell  qualifying
mortgages  and FHA  Title I loans to  Fannie  Mae.  During  1997,  the Bank sold
$907,000  mortgage  loans to Fannie Mae. The Bank plans to  originate  and sell,
without  recourse,  other  mortgage  loans in the  secondary  market  and retain
servicing.

        During 1996, the Bank began offering FHA Home Improvement  Loans,  under
which the maximum loan amount for one-to four-family  properties is $25,000 with
a repayment term of five or ten years.  Loan amounts in excess of $7,500 must be
secured,  however,  no equity is required on owner occupied  properties.  Equity
equal  to the loan  amount  is  required  for  properties  that  are:  non-owner
occupied; income producing; and, not completed structures occupied for less than
six months. Loans over $15,000 must have an appraisal.  Inspections are required
on all loans in excess of $7,500 or if the borrower fails to submit a completion
certificate.  The Bank sells these loans,  without recourse,  to Fannie Mae, and
retains servicing.

Other  Lending
- --------------
     The Bank offers a variety of other loan  products,  including:  home equity
loans, home improvement loans; loans secured by deposit accounts; student loans;
personal and automobile loans. At December 31, 1997, total gross other loans was
$29.1  million,  or 2.9% of total gross loans.  At December 31, 1997,  the other
loan  portfolio was comprised as follows:  property  improvement  loans of $10.7
million,  or 36.9%  of the  other  loan  portfolio;  loans  secured  by  deposit
accounts,  which are 100% secured,  of $8.2 million,  or 28.1% of the other loan
portfolio;  and  student  loans,  of $5.2  million,  or 17.9% of the other  loan
portfolio. Student loans are federally guaranteed to varying degrees. Management
is reviewing student loan origination programs packaged by Sallie Mae and Nellie
Mae, under which future  originations of student loans would be funded and owned
by the Bank,  but  servicing  would be  provided  by others.  The  student  loan
portfolio  existing at  December  31,  1997,  is carried at the lower of cost or
estimated fair value, in the aggregate,  as these loans are expected to be sold.
At December 31, 1997,  the $5.2 million  student loan portfolio had an estimated
fair  value of $5.3  million.  The  remainder  of the other loan  portfolio  was
comprised of various consumer type loans and overdraft lines of credit.

        The Bank offers fixed rate home equity loans,  which are reported herein
with property  improvement  loans.  Home equity loans originated by the Bank are
disbursed at closing, and range from $10,100, to a maximum of $50,000 on one and
two-family  owner-occupied  residences only. Financing is available up to 75% of
the  property's  appraised  value  less any  outstanding  mortgage  balance.  In
connection  with  originating  these loans,  the Bank  charges fees  incurred to
perfect  the lien on the  property.  At  December  31,  1997,  the Bank had $9.2
million of home equity loans, with interest rates ranging from 5.5% to 12.0%.

Loan  Origination  and Other Fees
- ---------------------------------
     In  addition  to  interest  earned  on  loans,  the Bank  charges  fees for
originating  loans,  certain  loan  prepayments  and  modifications.  The income
realized  from such fees  varies  with the volume of loans  made or repaid,  the
availability of funds, and competitive conditions in the lending market.


<PAGE>  8

Investment Activities
- ---------------------

        General Federally  chartered savings  institutions have the authority to
invest in various  types of liquid  assets,  including  United  States  Treasury
obligations,  securities of various agencies of the federal government,  certain
certificates of deposit of insured  depository  institutions,  certain  banker's
acceptances,  repurchase  agreements and federal funds sold.  Subject to various
restrictions,  federally  chartered  savings  institutions may also invest their
assets in commercial  paper,  investment  grade  corporate  debt  securities and
mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally  chartered
savings  institution  is  authorized  to make  directly.  At December  31, 1997,
securities and the other investment portfolio combined,  totaled $422.9 million,
or 27.5% of total assets,  of which $244.9  million were in U.S.  Government and
federal agency securities. (See "Investment Portfolio", page 22, herein.)

        Management  formulates the investment  policies,  subject to approval by
the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Chief  Executive  Officer,  or  his  designated
alternate,  makes investment  decisions on a day-to-day basis while the Board of
Directors  acts in an advisory  capacity.  The Bank's  investments in securities
have been  primarily in CMOs and short-term  U.S.  Government and federal agency
securities  with an  average  term to  maturity  of less than  three  years.  In
response to the low interest rate environment, beginning during 1992, the Bank's
purchases of investment  securities  generally  include those maturing in one to
two years.  The Bank's  investment  policy allows  investment in corporate  debt
securities  rated AA or higher.  The Bank classifies all securities,  other than
marketable  equity  securities,  as  "held-to-maturity".  The marketable  equity
securities  portfolio  is  designated  as  "available-for-sale"  and  carried at
estimated  fair  value.   Unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  available-for-sale
securities are excluded from earnings and reported as a net amount in a separate
component of stockholders' equity, until realized. During 1997, the Company sold
marketable equity  securities with a cost of $823,000,  realizing gross gains of
$7.0 million and no losses. Activity in the held-to-maturity portfolio included,
purchases of $499.9 million and maturities of $555.0 million of U.S.  Government
and federal agency  securities and purchases of $55.0 million and maturities and
amortization of $106.5 million in the CMO portfolio, during 1997.

         The  Company,  excluding  activities  of  the  Bank,  invests  in  U.S.
Government and federal agency securities and, through the Bank, invests in money
market instruments.  By investing in short term securities and maintaining funds
in cash and cash equivalents (investments with an original maturity of less than
three months), the Company is able to meet its liquidity needs. In addition,  at
December 31, 1997, the Company held mortgage  loans of $15.2 million,  that were
received as a dividend from the Bank during 1994.

        CMOs are  mortgage-backed  bonds  secured  by the cash flow of a pool of
mortgages.  In a CMO,  scheduled  principal and interest  payments received from
borrowers are separated into different  payment streams,  creating several bonds
that repay invested capital at different  rates. A given pool generally  secures
several  different  classes of CMO bonds.  CMOs pay the bondholder on a schedule
that is different  from the  mortgage  pool as a whole,  and includes  fast pay,
medium pay,  and slow pay bonds to suit the needs of  different  investors.  The
common  arrangements  include:  (i) a fast-pay bond with a maturity much shorter
than the total pool; (ii) a bond paying interest only for the period that may be
contingent on how prior CMOs perform,  before payment of principal begins; (iii)
a bond  paying  variable  interest  based  on an  index,  typically  the  London
Interbank  Offered Rate ("LIBOR"),  even though the mortgages  themselves may be
fixed  rate   loans.   CMOs  manage  the   prepayment   risk   associated   with
mortgage-related  securities  by  splitting  the pools of  mortgage  loans  into
different categories of classes.

        The Bank purchases Planned  Amortization Class ("PAC") (also referred to
as Planned  Principal  Class) bond CMOs. PACs are designed to receive  principal
payments using a predetermined  principal  balance  schedule derived by assuming
two constant prepayment rates for the underlying mortgage-backed securities. All
of the Bank's CMOs are backed by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or Government  National
Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") mortgage-backed securities, which are backed
by whole loans.  Management believes these securities  represent  attractive and
limited risk  alternatives  relative to other  investments.  During the past few
years,  the  availability of CMOs that met the Bank's CMO investment  guidelines
was limited.  At December 31, 1997, $104.0 million, or 6.8% of total assets, was
invested  in CMOs.  At  December  31,  1997,  the  Bank's CMO  portfolio  had an
estimated  average  maturity  of  twenty  months.  (See  "Contractual   Maturity
Distribution", page 22, herein.)

<PAGE>  9

Sources of Funds
- ----------------

General
- -------
     The Bank's primary sources of funds are deposits,  principal  payments from
maturities on debt securities, CMOs and principal payments on mortgage and other
loans.  Deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general
interest rate changes,  economic  conditions and  competition.  The Bank has not
directly borrowed any funds since 1984. (See  "Borrowings",  page 32, herein and
"Liquidity  and Capital  Resources"  included on pages 12 through 13 in the 1997
Annual Report to Stockholders.)

Deposits 
- ---------
     The Bank  offers a variety of deposit  accounts  having a range of interest
rates and terms. The Bank's deposits consist of the following types of accounts:
passbook and lease  security;  certificate;  money market;  negotiable  order of
withdrawal  ("NOW") and  non-interest  bearing demand.  As of December 31, 1997,
passbook  and lease  security  accounts  represented  50.4% of the Bank's  total
deposits. The flow of deposits is influenced  significantly by changes in market
interest rates, general economic conditions and competition. The Bank's deposits
are obtained  primarily from the  communities in which its branches are located.
The Bank does not use brokers to obtain deposits,  relying primarily on customer
service and  long-standing  relationships  with  customers to attract and retain
these  deposits.  Certificate  accounts in excess of $100,000  are not  actively
solicited by the Bank nor does the Bank pay preferential  interest rates on such
accounts.  (See Note 16 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  included on
pages 34 and 35 in the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.)

        The Bank influences deposit levels and composition  through its interest
rate  structure.  Management  believes that the relatively low level of interest
rates and the strong  performance  and growth of the capital  markets  that have
prevailed are the primary  contributors  for the  continued  decline in deposits
over the past  several  years.  Management  chose to allow  deposits to decline,
rather  than pay rates  that would  result in a lower net income or  necessitate
modifying of the Bank's  existing  investment  structure and  guidelines.  Rates
offered on the Bank's deposit  accounts are competitive with those rates offered
by other financial institutions in its market area. While the highest percentage
of deposits has remained in passbook and lease security  accounts,  the trend of
deposit  shifts has moved away from  passbook  accounts and towards  certificate
accounts.  Deposits at December 31, 1997,  decreased by $23.2 million,  or 2.0%,
compared to deposits at December  31,  1996.  During  1997,  the decrease in the
Bank's  passbook  and  lease  security  accounts  of  $34.8  million,  or  5.8%,
represented the most significant decrease of any deposit category offered by the
Bank.  During 1997,  money market accounts  decreased by $10.1 million or 11.3%,
while certificate accounts increased by $22.4 million, or 5.8%. (See "Deposits",
pages 30 and 31, herein.)

Subsidiaries of the Bank
- ------------------------

General
- -------
     At December 31, 1997, the Bank had 22 subsidiary  corporations of which, 15
were  active  in the  ownership  or  operation  of  real  estate  ("Real  Estate
Subsidiaries"),  one  operates as a real  estate  investment  trust,  and 6 were
inactive.   At  December  31,  1997,  the  Bank's   investment  in  Real  Estate
Subsidiaries,  including  ORE of  $473,000,  was $3.5  million,  or .2% of total
assets. The Real Estate  Subsidiaries  trace to the 1970's,  when, under its New
York State  leeway  investment  authority,  the Bank  organized a number of such
wholly-owned subsidiary  corporations,  many of which formed partnerships.  (See
"Grandfathered  Savings  Bank  Authority",  page 18,  herein.)  The Real  Estate
Subsidiaries:  (i)  took  "equity  interests"  in  the  construction  of  income
producing  properties on which the Bank made loans,  (ii) acquired and operated,
primarily multi-family properties,  as a result of foreclosure proceedings or by
obtaining  deeds  in lieu of  foreclosure,  and  (iii)  invested  in  commercial
properties in which the Bank established  branch offices.  (See Notes 11, 12 and
13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements,  included on pages 32 and 33 in the
1997  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders.)  In the late  1980's,  one Real  Estate
Subsidiary,  Jade  Associates  ("Jade"),  entered  into a joint  venture with an
unrelated party to construct and sell 84 residential cooperative apartments,  in
Flushing,  New York.  At December  31, 1997,  the  remaining  investment  in the
condominium  building  was $2.8  million,  or 92.4% of the $3.0  million of real
estate held-for-sale. (See "Jade Associates" and "LeHavre Associates", below.)


<PAGE>  10

        During the past three years,  the Bank's  investment  in the Real Estate
Subsidiaries has decreased  substantially as a result of the sale of properties.
As  of  June  30,  1997,  management  reclassified  all  remaining  real  estate
held-for-investment  to held-for-sale.  All real estate held-for-sale is carried
at the lower of cost or net fair value.

         The cyclical nature of real estate markets and interest rates influence
the level of financial risk to property  owners.  During these cycles,  the Bank
and its Real Estate  Subsidiaries  have mitigated such risks through:  (1) their
financial  ability to carry  properties  until their  perceived  optimal use and
value can be achieved;  (2) the use of internal property  management to maintain
and operate the  properties;  and (3)  monitoring  the condition of  significant
properties, on regular basis.

        The   activities   of  each  of  the  Bank's   wholly-owned   subsidiary
corporations and the partnerships  they formed are described below.  Real Estate
Subsidiaries that have converted properties to cooperative  residences have done
so under New York State  non-eviction  plans.  Non-eviction  plans  provide that
rent-stabilized  tenants may remain  tenants in their units after a building has
been sold to a cooperative  association.  Due to the  uncertainty  of timing and
future sales value of the unsold  cooperative  shares,  for financial  statement
purposes, unsold shares acquired as a result of converting these properties, are
carried at zero value.  Gains on the sale of these shares are included in income
upon  sale.  However,  for  income tax  purposes,  the value of all  cooperative
shares,  sold and unsold,  in excess of the Bank's  investment  in the  property
prior to conversion to  cooperative,  was included in taxable income at the time
of the sale to the  cooperative.  The tax basis of these  cooperative  shares is
depreciated for tax purposes.

Forty-Second  & Park Corp.
- --------------------------
     Forty-Second & Park Corp. is a wholly-owned  subsidiary  corporation of the
Bank.  At  December  31,  1997,  the  subsidiary   owned  28.7%  of  the  shares
representing 17 units in a six-story  cooperative  apartment building containing
57 residential units and 4 professional offices located in Forest Hills, Queens,
New York City ("NYC"). The shares,  relating to the unsold units, are carried at
zero value.  The building was originally  acquired by obtaining the deed in lieu
of foreclosure in 1979. This building, which had been poorly maintained prior to
acquisition, was renovated. In 1982, the property was converted to a cooperative
and sold to Barclay Plaza North  Owner's,  Inc.  During 1997, one unit was sold,
resulting in a net gain, before taxes, of $130,000.  Rents received during 1997,
on the unsold  apartments  totaled $145,000 and maintenance  charges paid to the
cooperative  association totaled $150,000.  For 1997,  Forty-Second & Park Corp.
had net income of $117,000,  after eliminating  intercompany  transactions.  The
Bank's net  investment in  Forty-Second & Park Corp. was $10,000 at December 31,
1997.

Parkway  Associates
- -------------------
     Parkway Associates  ("Parkway") is a partnership  between two of the Bank's
wholly-owned subsidiary  corporations,  Grandcet Realty Corp. and Litneck Realty
Corp.,  each of which has a 50%  partnership  interest.  At December  31,  1997,
Parkway owned 19.0% of the cooperative shares,  representing 73 unsold apartment
units plus parking spaces in a 400 unit  cooperative  garden  apartment  complex
located in Floral Park, Queens County,  NYC. The shares,  relating to the unsold
units, are carried at zero value.  The property was originally  acquired through
foreclosure in 1979 and initially  operated as a rental  property.  In the early
1980's, these apartments,  which had been poorly maintained,  were substantially
renovated.  In 1989,  the property was  converted to a  cooperative  and sold to
Floral Park Owners,  Inc.  During  1997,  8 units were sold,  resulting in a net
gain,  before taxes,  of $252,000.  Rents received  during 1997, from the unsold
apartments and garage spaces totaled  $554,000 and  maintenance  charges paid to
the  cooperative   association  and  costs  for  maintenance  employees  totaled
$577,000.  For 1997,  Parkway Associates had a net operating income of $224,000,
after  eliminating  intercompany  transactions.  The  Bank's net  investment  in
Parkway was $29,000 at December 31, 1997.

Elmback  Associates
- -------------------
     Elmback Associates  ("Elmback") is a partnership  between two of the Bank's
wholly-owned  subsidiary  corporations,  Before Real Estate,  Inc. and Afta Real
Estate,  Inc.,  each of which has a 50%  partnership  interest.  At December 31,
1997,  Elmback  owned 22.2% of the  cooperative  shares  representing  13 unsold
apartment  units in a six story  cooperative  apartment  building with 61 units,
located in a low to moderate  income area of Jamaica,  Queens  County,  NYC. The
property,  originally  acquired  by deed in lieu of  foreclosure  in  1980,  was
subsequently  renovated and operated as a rental property. In 1988, the property
was  converted  to a  cooperative  and sold to 87-46  Chelsea  Owners,  Inc. The
shares,  relating to the unsold units, are carried at zero value. During 1997, 5
units were sold  resulting  in a net gain,  before  taxes,  of  $120,000.  Rents
received during 1997, on the unsold apartment units totaled $91,000 covering the
$83,000 of maintenance charges paid to the cooperative association.

<PAGE>  11

        In addition,  as part of a 1994 mortgage  loan workout  between the Bank
and an unrelated borrower, Elmback took title to cooperative shares representing
57 unsold cooperative apartments in an 82 unit cooperative property,  located in
Brooklyn,  New York.  During  1997,  2 units were sold and  $29,000 of gains was
deferred.  At December 31, 1997, 31 units  remained,  which comprised the entire
$473,000 in ORE.  This property  generated a net loss of $54,000 for 1997.  (See
"Other Real Estate", page 28, herein.)

        For 1997 Elmback  Associates had net operating income of $69,000,  after
eliminating intercompany transactions.  The Bank's net investment in Elmback was
$504,000 at December 31, 1997.

D & D  Associates
- -----------------
     D & D  Associates  ("D&D") is a  partnership  formed by Pendex  Real Estate
Corp. and Sutdex Real Estate,  Inc., two wholly-owned  subsidiaries of the Bank,
each of which holds a 50% partnership  interest. At December 31, 1997, D&D owned
23.1% of the shares  representing  35 unsold units in two six-story  cooperative
apartment buildings with 176 units. These buildings,  located in Jamaica, Queens
County, NYC, were originally  acquired through foreclosure  proceedings in 1981.
Subsequent to  foreclosure,  the buildings were renovated and operated as rental
properties. During 1985, one of the buildings was converted to a cooperative and
sold to the Tyler Towers  Owners  Corp.  During  1988,  the second  building was
converted to a cooperative and sold to the Park Sanford Owners Corp. The shares,
relating to the unsold apartment units, are carried at zero value.  During 1997,
6 units were sold,  resulting  in a net gain  before  taxes of  $52,000.  Rental
income from the buildings  for 1997 totaled  $192,000  covering the  maintenance
charges  of  $167,000  paid  to the  cooperative  associations.  For  1997,  D&D
Associates had a net operating income of $20,000, after eliminating intercompany
transactions. The Bank's net investment in D&D was $45,000 at December 31, 1997.

Bay Hill Gardens
- ----------------
     Bay Hill  Gardens is a  partnership  between  110-11 72nd Ave.,  Corp.  and
Yalcrab  Real  Estate,   Inc.,  two  of  the  Bank's   wholly-owned   subsidiary
corporations,  each of which holds a 50% interest in the partnership.  For 1997,
this  subsidiary  had net income before taxes of $1,000,  which  resulted from a
real estate tax refund from prior years.  At December  31, 1997,  the Bank had a
net liability for this  subsidiary of $54,000,  comprised  primarily of accounts
payable.

1995 Associates
- ---------------
     1995  Associates is a partnership  between Jamsab Realty Corp. and Jasthree
Inc., two wholly-owned  subsidiary  corporations of the Bank, holding 99% and 1%
interests in the partnership,  respectively.  The partnership was formed in 1973
to  construct  and operate an 18 story  commercial  building  at 1995  Broadway,
Manhattan,  NYC,  in which the Bank  leased the main floor for a branch  office.
During 1989,  the Bank  purchased the branch  office space from the  partnership
upon  conversion  of the property to a two-unit  condominium  consisting  of the
branch office on the main floor and the commercial  office tower. On October 29,
1997, the commercial office tower was sold,  resulting in a pre-tax gain of $9.2
million.  For 1997,  this  partnership  had net  income,  before  taxes of $10.0
million, after eliminating intercompany transactions.  At December 31, 1997, the
Bank had a net liability for this subsidiary of $36,000,  comprised primarily of
accounts payable.

Lefmet Corp.
- ------------
     Lefmet Corp., a wholly-owned  subsidiary  corporation of the Bank, owns and
operates  commercial property consisting of seven stores located in Kew Gardens,
Queens County,  NYC, one of which the Bank occupies as a branch  office.  During
1997, the property generated net income, before federal taxes, of $38,000, after
eliminating intercompany transactions. The Bank's net investment in Lefmet Corp.
was $206,000 at December 31, 1997.

Jade Associates and LeHavre  Associates
- ---------------------------------------
     Prior to December 1993,  Jade was a joint venture  between Sher Park Realty
Corp.,  ("Sher  Park") a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Bank and an unrelated
general  contractor,  each with a 50% interest.  The joint venture was formed to
fund,  construct  and  subsequently  sell  an 84  unit  condominium  complex  in
Flushing, New York.


<PAGE>  12

        The project was initially  funded through equal  contributions  from the
partners and an $11.6 million building loan from LeHavre Associates ("LeHavre"),
another  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Bank. (LeHavre is a partnership between
Jas Cove Corp. and Avre Realty Corp., both wholly-owned  subsidiary corporations
of the Bank.)  Between 1989 and 1993,  a total of $4.0 million of reserves  were
established  against the  investment  and the loan,  related to a decline in the
value of the property.

        In  December  of 1993,  an  agreement  was  entered  into with the joint
venture partner,  whereby:  (1) Jamlyn Realty Corp.  ("Jamlyn"),  a wholly-owned
subsidiary  corporation of the Bank,  acquired the joint ventures  partner's 50%
interest;  (2) the outside partner was forgiven the excess contributions of $1.5
million made by Sher Park;  (3) Jamlyn paid the costs,  which totaled  $579,000,
incurred  in  connection  with the  transfer  of the  partnership  interest  and
property. The inter-company loan from LeHavre was eliminated during 1994.

        During  1997,  15  units  were  sold,  resulting  in  deferred  gains of
$232,000,  as sales are being accounted for under the cost recovery  method.  At
December 31, 1997, the Bank's net investment in Jade was $2.8 million, primarily
reflecting the 34 unsold units.
For 1997, this property generated pretax income of $74,000.

Concerned Management
- --------------------
     Concerned  Management is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Bank,  which was
formed in 1979 to manage and  operate  the real  estate  acquired  by the Bank's
other subsidiary  corporations and partnerships.  Concerned  Management operates
from a leased office, located in Flushing, Queens County, NYC.

        Other Subsidiaries Of the Bank's remaining five wholly-owned  subsidiary
corporations,  three are nominee  corporations used in the conduct of the Bank's
business.  The fourth,  Jam-Ser  Corp.,  was formed to act as agent to sell life
insurance  as  permitted  by New York State law.  The fifth,  Tier Inc.,  a real
estate investment trust, was formed during the second quarter of 1997. Tier Inc.
may, among other things, be utilized by the Bank to raise capital in the future.

Savings Bank Life Insurance
- ---------------------------

        The Bank is a  customer  of the  Savings  Bank Life  Insurance  ("SBLI")
Department, which is a separate legal mutual entity owned by its policy holders.
The Bank,  through the SBLI  Department  offers SBLI to its  customers up to the
legal maximum of $50,000 per insured  individual and, as a trustee bank,  offers
an additional $350,000 in group coverage per insured under the SBLI Department's
Financial  Institution  Group  Life  Insurance  policy.  The  SBLI  Department's
activities  are segregated  from the Bank and while they do not directly  affect
the Bank's earnings, management believes that offering SBLI is beneficial to the
Bank's  relationships  with its  depositors  and the  general  public.  The SBLI
Department  pays its own expenses and reimburses the Bank for expenses  incurred
on its behalf.

Personnel
- ---------

        As of December 31, 1997,  the Bank had 311  full-time  employees and 118
part-time  employees.   The  employees  are  not  represented  by  a  collective
bargaining unit and the Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be
good.

Regulation and Supervision
- --------------------------

        The description of statutory  provisions and  regulations  applicable to
savings institutions and their holding companies set forth in the Form 10-K does
not purport to be a complete  description of such statutes and  regulations  and
their effects on the Bank and the Company.

General
- -------
     The Company,  as a unitary savings and loan holding company, is required to
file certain  reports with, and otherwise  comply with the rules and regulations
of the Office of Thrift Supervision  ("OTS") under the Home Owners' Loan Act, as
amended (the "HOLA") and as a publicly held company,  is subject to the periodic
disclosure  and  other  requirements  under  the  federal  securities  laws.  In
addition, the activities of savings institutions, such as the Bank, are governed
by the  HOLA  and  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act  ("FDI  Act").  Certain
regulatory  requirements  applicable to the Bank and the Company are referred to
below or elsewhere herein.

<PAGE>  13

         The  Bank  is  subject  to  extensive   regulation,   examination   and
supervision by the OTS, as its primary federal  regulator,  and the FDIC, as the
deposit  insurer.  The Bank is a member of the Federal  Home Loan Bank  ("FHLB")
System and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable  limits by the Bank
Insurance Fund ("BIF")  managed by the FDIC. The Bank must file reports with the
OTS and the FDIC  concerning its activities and financial  condition in addition
to obtaining  regulatory  approvals prior to entering into certain  transactions
such as mergers with, or acquisitions  of, other savings  institutions.  The OTS
and the FDIC conduct  periodic  examinations to test the Bank's  compliance with
various regulatory  requirements.  This regulation and supervision establishes a
comprehensive  framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is
intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors.  The
regulatory structure also gives the regulatory  authorities extensive discretion
in connection with their supervisory and enforcement  activities and examination
policies,  including  policies with respect to the  classification of assets and
the  establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory  purposes.  Any
change in such  regulatory  requirements  and policies,  whether by the OTS, the
FDIC or the Congress could have a material  adverse  impact on the Company,  the
Bank and their operations.  Certain of the regulatory requirements applicable to
the Bank and to the Company are referred to below or elsewhere herein.

Holding  Company  Regulations
- -----------------------------
     The Company is a  nondiversified  unitary  savings and loan holding company
within the meaning of the HOLA. As a unitary  savings and loan holding  company,
the Company  generally is not restricted  under existing laws as to the types of
business activities in which it may engage,  provided that the Bank continues to
be a qualified thrift lender ("QTL"). (See "Qualified Thrift Lender Test", pages
16 and 17,  herein.)  Upon any  non-supervisory  acquisition  by the  Company of
another  savings  institution  or  savings  bank that  meets the QTL test and is
deemed  to be a savings  institution  by the OTS,  the  Company  would  become a
multiple  savings and loan holding company (if the acquired  institution is held
as a separate  subsidiary) and would be subject to extensive  limitations on the
types of  business  activities  in which it could  engage.  The HOLA  limits the
activities of a multiple  savings and loan holding  company and its  non-insured
institution  subsidiaries  primarily to activities  permissible for bank holding
companies  under  Section  4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding  Company Act ("BHC Act"),
subject to the prior  approval  of the OTS,  and  activities  authorized  by OTS
regulation.

         The HOLA  prohibits a savings  and loan  holding  company,  directly or
indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries,  from acquiring more than 5% of
the voting stock of another  savings  institution  or holding  company  thereof,
without prior written approval of the OTS; or acquiring or retaining  control of
a  depository  institution  that  is not  insured  by the  FDIC.  In  evaluating
applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions,  the OTS must
consider the financial  and  managerial  resources  and future  prospects of the
company and institution  involved,  the effect of the acquisition on the risk to
the insurance  funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive
factors.

         The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition  that would result
in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings  institutions
in  more  than  one  state,  subject  to two  exceptions:  (i) the  approval  of
interstate  supervisory  acquisitions by savings and loan holding  companies and
(ii) the  acquisition  of a savings  institution in another state if the laws of
the  state  of  the  target  savings   institution   specifically   permit  such
acquisitions.  The states  vary in the extent to which  they  permit  interstate
savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

         Although savings and loan holding companies are not subject to specific
capital  requirements  or specific  restrictions  on the payment of dividends or
other  capital  distributions,  the HOLA does  prescribe  such  restrictions  on
subsidiary  savings  institutions,  as described below. The Bank must notify the
OTS 30 days before  declaring  any  dividend to the Company.  In  addition,  the
financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary  institution is a matter
that is  evaluated by the OTS and the OTS has  authority  to order  cessation of
activities or divestiture of subsidiaries  deemed to pose a threat to the safety
and soundness of the institution.

<PAGE>  14

Federal Savings Institution Regulation
- --------------------------------------

Capital   Requirements
- ----------------------
     The OTS capital  regulations  require  savings  institutions  to meet three
capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio; a 3.0% leverage (core) capital
ratio; and an 8.0% risk-based capital ratio. In addition,  the prompt corrective
action  standards  discussed below  establish,  in effect, a minimum 2% tangible
capital ratio, a 4% leverage (core) capital ratio (3% for institutions receiving
the highest rating on the CAMEL financial rating system),  and together with the
risk-based  capital standard  itself,  a 4% Tier I risk based capital  standard.
Core  capital is  defined as common  stockholders'  equity  (including  retained
earnings),  certain noncumulative  perpetual preferred stock and related surplus
and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less
intangibles  other than certain purchased  mortgage  servicing rights and credit
card  relationships.  The OTS  regulations  also  require  that,  in meeting the
leverage (core) ratio,  tangible and risk-based capital standards,  institutions
must  generally  deduct  investments  in and loans to  subsidiaries  engaged  in
activities  not  permissible  for a  national  bank and  investments  in  equity
securities.

        The risk-based  capital standard for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of Tier I (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital
and supplementary  capital) to risk-weighted  assets of 4% and 8%, respectively.
In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain
off-balance  sheet assets,  are  multiplied  by a risk-weight  of 0% to 100%, as
assigned  by the OTS  capital  regulation  based on the risks OTS  believes  are
inherent  in the type of asset.  The  components  of Tier I (core)  capital  are
equivalent to those discussed earlier.  The components of supplementary  capital
currently include  cumulative  preferred stock,  long-term  perpetual  preferred
stock,  mandatory  convertible  securities,  subordinated  debt and intermediate
preferred  stock and the  allowance  for loan and  lease  losses,  limited  to a
maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted  assets.  Overall, the amount of supplementary
capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.

        The OTS has  adopted  an  interest  rate risk  component  as part of its
regulatory  capital  requirement.  Implementation  of such an interest rate risk
component has been deferred  indefinitely  by the OTS. If made applicable by the
OTS, such interest rate risk component would subject savings  institutions  with
"above normal" interest rate risk exposure to a deduction from total capital for
purposes  of  calculating  their  risk-based  capital  requirements.  A  savings
institution's  interest  rate risk would be  measured  by the decline in the net
portfolio  value of its  assets  (i.e.,  the  difference  between  incoming  and
outgoing  discounted cash flows from assets,  liabilities and off-balance  sheet
contracts)  that would result from a  hypothetical  200 basis point  increase or
decrease in market interest rates divided by the estimated economic value of the
institution's  assets.  In  calculating  its total capital under the  risk-based
capital rule, a savings  institution  whose measured interest rate risk exposure
exceeds 2% would have to deduct an amount  equal to one-half  of the  difference
between the institution's  measured interest rate risk and 2%, multiplied by the
estimated  economic value of the institution's  assets.  The Director of the OTS
would have the authority to waive or defer a savings institution's interest rate
risk component on a case-by-case  basis.  A savings  institution  with assets of
less than $300 million and risk-based  capital ratios in excess of 12% would not
be subject  to the  interest  rate risk  component,  unless  the OTS  determines
otherwise.  At December 31, 1997, the Bank met each of its capital  requirements
in each case on a fully phased-in basis and it is anticipated that the Bank will
not be subject to the  interest  rate risk  component.  A table  presenting  the
Bank's  capital  position at December  31, 1997 is  presented  in Note 26 to the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  contained  on page 41 of the  1997  Annual
Report to Stockholders, and is incorporated herein by reference.

<PAGE>  15

<TABLE>

        A reconciliation  between the Bank's regulatory capital and GAAP capital
at December 31, 1997 is presented below:
<CAPTION>


                                                            Tangible Capital
                                                             (In thousands)
            <S>                                                  <C>
 
            GAAP capital-originally reported to
              regulatory authorities and on the Bank's
              consolidated financial statements ............     $264,464

            Less:
             Regulatory capital adjustments:
              Investments in Non-includable Subsidiaries ...        6,827
              Adjustment for net unrealized gains,
               net of tax ..................................       28,469
                                                                 --------

               Regulatory Capital...........................     $229,168
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>

Prompt  Corrective  Regulatory  Action.
- ---------------------------------------
     Under the OTS prompt corrective action regulations, ("PCA Regulations") the
OTS is required to take certain  supervisory  actions  against  undercapitalized
institutions,  the severity of which  depends upon the  institution's  degree of
undercapitalization.

<TABLE>
        The PCA  Regulations  define  five  capital  categories  and provide the
minimum numerical requirements,  subject to certain exceptions, for each capital
category, as detailed below.
<CAPTION>

                                Total Risk-      Tier I         Leverage      Tangible Capital
Capital Category                Based Ratio      (Core)          Ratio         to Assets Ratio
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>      
Well capitalized                10% or above   6% or above   5% or above         N/A
Adequately capitalized          8% or above    4% or above   4% or above(1)      N/A
Undercapitalized                Less than 8%   Less than 4%  Less than 4%(1)     N/A
Significantly undercapitalized  Less than 6%   Less than 3%  Less than 3%        N/A
Critically undercapitalized         N/A            N/A           N/A          2% or less

<FN>
(1) 3% for institutions with the highest examination rating.
</FN>
</TABLE>

        Well  capitalized  institutions  must meet or exceed  each of the ratios
shown in the table  and may not be  subject  to any  order,  written  agreement,
capital directive,  or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a
specific  capital  level.  Institutions  failing to meet any one of the  minimum
capital   requirements  will  be  considered   undercapitalized,   significantly
undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized,  depending on the institution's
capital condition.  An institution's capital category is determined on the basis
of  its  most  recent  Call  Report,  Thrift  Financial  Report,  or  Report  of
Examination.  Subject to narrow exception,  the banking regulator is required to
appoint a receiver or  conservator  for an  institution  that is  identified  as
"critically  undercapitalized".  The  regulation  also  provides  that a capital
restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date a savings
institution  receives  notice  that  it  is  "undercapitalized",  "significantly
undercapitalized"  or "critically  undercapitalized".  Compliance with such plan
must  be  guaranteed  by any  parent  holding  company.  In  addition,  numerous
mandatory supervisory actions become immediately  applicable to the institution,
including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators,  restrictions
on growth, capital distributions and expansion. The OTS may also take any one of
a number of  discretionary  supervisory  actions,  including  the  issuance of a
capital  directive  and  the  replacement  of  senior  executive   officers  and
directors.


<PAGE>  16

Insurance of Deposit  Accounts
- ------------------------------
     Deposits of the Bank are insured by the BIF. The BIF is administered by the
FDIC. The FDIC currently  imposes an assessment rate schedule from 0 to 27 basis
points.  On September  30, 1996,  the Deposit  Insurance  Funds Act of 1996 (the
"Funds  Act") was signed into law.  The Funds Act spreads  the  obligations  for
payment of the Financing  Corporation  ("FICO") bonds across all BIF and Savings
Association  Insurance  Fund ("SAIF")  members.  Effective  January 1, 1997, BIF
deposits are assessed for the FICO  obligation of 1.3 basis  points,  while SAIF
deposits will pay 6.48 basis points.  Full pro-rata sharing of the FICO payments
between BIF and SAIF members will occur on the earlier of January 1, 2000 or the
date the BIF and SAIF are merged.  The Funds Act specifies that the BIF and SAIF
will be merged on January 1, 1999,  provided  no savings  associations  exist at
that time.

         The Bank paid $149,000 in FDIC insurance  premiums during 1997. BIF and
SAIF members will continue to pay  assessments,  as described above, to fund the
FICO  obligation.   Management  cannot  predict  the  level  of  FDIC  insurance
assessments on an on-going basis,  whether the savings  association charter will
be eliminated or whether the BIF and SAIF will eventually be merged.

         Under the FDI Act,  insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC
upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices,
is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue  operations or has violated any
applicable law, regulation,  rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the
OTS.  Management  of the  Bank  does  not  know of any  practice,  condition  or
violation that might lead to termination of the Bank's deposit insurance.

Thrift Rechartering Legislation
- -------------------------------
     The Funds Act provides  that the BIF and SAIF will merge on January 1, 1999
if there are no more savings  associations as of that date. Various proposals to
eliminate the federal thrift charter,  create a uniform  financial  institutions
charter and abolish the OTS have been  introduced in Congress.  Some bills would
require federal savings  institutions to convert to a national bank or some type
of state charter by a specified date or they would automatically become national
banks.  Under some  proposals,  converted  federal  thrifts  would  generally be
required to conform their activities to those permitted for the charter selected
and  divestiture  of  nonconforming  assets  would be  required  over a two year
period,  subject to two possible one year  extensions.  State chartered  thrifts
would  become  subject  to the  same  federal  regulation  as  applies  to state
commercial  banks.  A more recent bill  passed by the Banking  Committee  of the
House of Representatives, would allow savings institutions to continue to engage
in activities being conducted when they convert to a bank. Holding companies for
savings  institutions  would become  subject to the same  regulation  as holding
companies that control  commercial banks, with limited  grandfather  provisions.
The Bank is unable to predict  whether  such  legislation  will be enacted,  the
extent to which  legislation would restrict or disrupt its operations or whether
the BIF and SAIF funds will eventually merge.

Loans to One Borrower
- ---------------------
     Under the  HOLA,  as  amended,  savings  institutions  are  subject  to the
national bank limits on loans to one borrower.  Generally,  savings institutions
may not make a loan to a single  or  related  group of  borrowers  in an  amount
greater than 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may
be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loan is secured
by readily marketable collateral,  which is defined to include certain financial
instruments  and bullion.  At December 31, 1997, the Bank was in compliance with
this  limitation,  with the  highest  aggregate  loans to one  borrower of $29.6
million, or 11.2 % of the Bank's capital.  The Company, as a unitary savings and
loan holding  company,  is not subject to the loan to one  borrower  limitation.
Management reviews the loans to one borrower limit at the time the loan is made,
however,  subsequent  changes in the Bank's  capital  position  may cause credit
concentrations to exceed 15% of the Bank's capital.  The Bank carefully monitors
the  creditworthiness of borrowers with high concentrations of credit as well as
the properties that secure these loans.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test
- ----------------------------
     The HOLA requires  savings  institutions to meet a QTL test.  Under the QTL
test,  a  savings  institution  is  required  to  maintain  at least  65% of its
portfolio  assets (defined as total assets,  less:  intangible  assets including
goodwill;  property  used by the  institution  in  conducting  its  business and
specified  liquid  assets  up to 20%  of  total  assets)  in  "qualified  thrift
investments" (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including
certain  mortgage-backed  securities)  on a  monthly  basis in 9 out of every 12
months.

<PAGE>  17

         A savings  institution  that  fails the QTL test is  subject to certain
operating  restrictions and may be required to convert to a bank charter.  As of
December  31,  1997,  the Bank  maintained  91.4%  of its  portfolio  assets  in
qualified thrift investments and, therefore, met the QTL test.

Limitations on Capital Distributions
- ------------------------------------
     OTS  regulations  impose  limitations  upon all  capital  distributions  by
savings  institutions,  such  as  cash  dividends,  payments  to  repurchase  or
otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in
a cash-out  merger and other  distributions  charged against  capital.  The rule
establishes  three  tiers of  institutions,  which  are  based  primarily  on an
institution's  capital level.  An institution  that exceeds all fully  phased-in
capital  requirements before and after a proposed capital  distribution ("Tier 1
Bank")  and has not  been  advised  by the OTS  that it is in need of more  than
normal supervision,  could, after prior notice but without obtaining approval of
the OTS, make capital  distributions during a calendar year equal to the greater
of (i) 100% of its net earnings to date during the calendar year plus the amount
that would reduce by one-half its "surplus  capital  ratio" (the excess  capital
over its fully phased-in capital  requirements) at the beginning of the calendar
year  or  (ii)  75% of its  net  income  for the  previous  four  quarters.  Any
additional capital distributions would require prior regulatory approval. In the
event a bank's capital falls below its regulatory requirements or is notified by
the OTS that it is in need of more than  normal  supervision,  an  institution's
ability to make capital distributions could be restricted.  In addition, the OTS
could prohibit a proposed capital  distribution by any institution,  which would
otherwise  be  permitted  by  regulation,   if  the  OTS  determines  that  such
distribution  would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  In December 1994,
the OTS proposed  amendments to its capital  distribution  regulation that would
generally authorize the payment of capital  distributions  without OTS approval,
provided the payment does not make the institution  undercapitalized  within the
meaning of the prompt corrective action regulation.  However,  institutions in a
holding  company  structure  would  still have a prior  notice  requirement.  At
December 31, 1997, the Bank was a Tier 1 Bank.

Liquidity
- ---------
     Information  regarding  liquidity appears under the caption  "Liquidity and
Capital  Resources"  included  on pages 12 and 13 in the 1997  Annual  Report to
Stockholders.

Assessments
- -----------
     Savings  institutions  are required to pay  assessments to the OTS, to fund
the operations of the OTS. The general  assessments,  to be paid on a semiannual
basis, is computed based upon the savings institution's total assets,  including
consolidated  subsidiaries,  as reported in the  institution's  latest quarterly
Thrift  Financial  Report.  The  Bank's  total  assessments  for the year  ended
December 31, 1997, was $261,000.

         Branching  OTS  regulations  permit  nationwide  branching by federally
chartered  savings  institutions to the extent allowed by federal statute.  This
permits federal savings  institutions  to establish  interstate  networks and to
geographically  diversify their loan  portfolios and lines of business.  The OTS
authority  preempts any state law  purporting  to regulate  branching by federal
savings institutions.

Transactions  with  Related  Parties
- ------------------------------------
     The Bank's  authority to engage in  transactions  with  related  parties or
"affiliates" (e.g., any company that controls or is under common control with an
institution),  or to make loans to certain  insiders,  is limited by Section 23A
and 23B of the Federal  Reserve Act  ("FRA").  Section 23A limits the  aggregate
amount of  covered  transactions  with any  individual  affiliate  to 10% of the
capital  and  surplus  of the  savings  institution.  The  aggregate  amount  of
transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of the savings  institution's
capital and surplus.  Certain  transactions  with  affiliates are required to be
secured by collateral  in an amount and of a type  described in Section 23A, and
the purchase of low quality  assets from  affiliates  is  generally  prohibited.
Section 23B provides that certain transactions with affiliates,  including loans
and asset purchases, must be on terms and under circumstances,  including credit
standards,  that are  substantially  the same or at  least as  favorable  to the
institution,  as those prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with
nonaffiliated   individuals   or   entities.   In  the  absence  of   comparable
transactions,  such  transactions may only occur under terms and  circumstances,
including  credit  standards,  that in good  faith  would be offered to or would
apply  to  non-affiliated   individuals  or  entities.   In  addition,   savings
institutions  are  prohibited  from lending to any affiliate  that is engaged in
activities  that are not  permissible  for bank holding  companies under Section
4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act. Further, no savings institution may invest
in the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.

<PAGE>  18

         The Bank's authority to extend credit to executive officers,  directors
and 10%  shareholders  (referred  to as  "insiders"),  as well as entities  such
persons  control,  is  governed  by  Sections  22(g)  and  22(h)  of the FRA and
Regulation O thereunder.  Among other things, such loans are required to be made
on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and
do not  involve  more than the  normal  risk of  repayment.  Recent  legislation
created an  exception  for loans  made  pursuant  to a benefit  or  compensation
program that is widely  available to all employees of the  institution  and does
not give preference to insiders over other  employees.  Regulation O also places
individual  and  aggregate  limits  on the  amount of loans the Bank may make to
insiders  based,  in part, on the Bank's capital  position and requires  certain
board approval procedures to be followed.

Enforcement
- -----------
     Under the FDI Act,  the OTS has  primary  enforcement  responsibility  over
savings  institutions  and  has the  authority  to  bring  actions  against  the
institution and all  "institution-affiliated  parties",  including stockholders,
and any  attorneys,  appraisers  and  accountants  who  knowingly or  recklessly
participate  in wrongful  action likely to have an adverse  effect on an insured
institution.  Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital
directive, or cease and desist orders; the removal of officers and/or directors;
appointment of a receiver or conservator;  or termination of deposit  insurance.
Civil  penalties  cover a wide range of violations  and an amount to $25,000 per
day, or possibly $1 million per day in especially egregious cases. Under the FDI
Act,  the  FDIC  has the  authority  to  recommend  to the  Director  of the OTS
enforcement action to be taken with respect to a particular savings institution.
If action  is not taken by the  Director,  the FDIC has  authority  to take such
action  under  certain  circumstances.  Federal  law also  establishes  criminal
penalties for certain violations.

Standards for Safety and Soundness
- ----------------------------------
     The  federal   banking   agencies  have  adopted   Interagency   Guidelines
Prescribing  Standards for Safety and Soundness  ("Guidelines") and a final rule
to implement  safety and  soundness  standards  required  under the FDI Act. The
Guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking
agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions
before  capital  becomes  impaired.  The standards  set forth in the  Guidelines
address internal controls and information systems; internal audit system; credit
underwriting; loan documentation; interest rate risk exposure; asset growth; and
compensation,  fees and benefits.  If the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency
determines  that an  institution  fails to meet any standard  prescribed  by the
Guidelines,  the agency may require the  institution  to submit to the agency an
acceptable plan to achieve  compliance  with the Guidelines,  as required by the
FDI Act. The final rule  establishes  deadlines for the submission and review of
such safety and soundness compliance plans when such plans are required.

Grandfathered Savings Bank Authority
- ------------------------------------
     Until  1983,  the Bank was a New York  state  chartered  savings  bank with
investment  powers conferred by New York State law. The Bank retained such power
when it  converted  to a  federally  chartered  savings  bank.  The HOLA and OTS
regulations  empower  the Bank to exercise  all the powers that its  predecessor
state chartered  savings bank possessed under New York State law, whether or not
such powers had been exercised,  subject to the authority of the OTS and FDIC to
limit such powers for safety and soundness  reasons.  These  powers,  which were
preserved  in the  FIRREA,  are in addition  to powers the Bank  possesses  as a
federally chartered savings bank. Where a "grandfathered"  power overlaps with a
power  authorized  under federal law, the Bank may act under the more  favorable
authority.

        The  grandfathered  powers  include the  authority  to invest in various
types of investment securities, including corporate bonds and stock, and in real
estate development.  In addition,  the Bank has grandfathered  authority to make
leeway investments,  which include, subject to certain specific exceptions,  any
investment  not  otherwise  authorized  by the New York State Banking Law at the
time of the Bank's charter conversion,  provided that any single investment does
not exceed 1% of the Bank's assets and that all such  investments  do not exceed
5% of its assets. At December 31, 1997, the Bank's capital investments, computed
for regulatory purposes, retained under the leeway provisions were $6.8 million,
or .5% of the Bank's assets.  These powers allow the Bank to pursue  diversified
acquisition opportunities and provide the Bank with flexibility in restructuring
its  assets.   The  Bank  intends  to  continue  to  utilize   these  powers  as
opportunities  arise and as permitted under  applicable  rules and  regulations.
(See "Thrift Rechartering Legislation", page 16, herein.)


<PAGE>  19

Federal  Home Loan Bank  System
- -------------------------------
     The Bank is a member of the FHLB  System  which  consists  of  twelve  (12)
regional  FHLBs.  The FHLB  provides a central  credit  facility,  primarily for
member institutions.  The Bank, as a member of the FHLB-New York ("FHLB-NY"), is
required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB-NY in an amount
at least equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential
mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of
its advances  (borrowings) from the FHLB-NY,  if any, whichever is greater.  The
Bank was in  compliance  with this  requirement,  with an  investment in FHLB-NY
stock  at  December  31,  1997 of $7.6  million.  Should  the Bank  obtain  FHLB
advances,  these  advances must be secured by specified  types of collateral and
may be obtained  primarily  for the purpose of providing  funds for  residential
housing finance.

        The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the  resolution of insolvent
thrifts  and  to  contribute  funds  for  affordable  housing  programs.   These
requirements  have  limited  the  FHLB-NY's  ability to pay  dividends  to their
members and could also result in the FHLBs  imposing  higher  interest  rates on
advances to their members. Further, there can be no assurance that the impact of
FIRREA on the FHLBs will not also cause a decrease  in the value of the  FHLB-NY
stock held by the Bank.  For the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,
dividends  from the FHLB-NY to the Bank were  $496,000,  $438,000  and  $481,000
respectively.

Federal  Reserve  System
- ------------------------
     The Federal Reserve Board ("FRB") regulations require savings  institutions
to maintain  non-interest  earning reserves against their  transaction  accounts
(primarily NOW and regular checking accounts).  During 1997, the FRB regulations
generally  required that reserves be maintained  against  aggregate  transaction
accounts as follows:  for accounts aggregating $49.3 million or less (subject to
adjustment  by the FRB) a reserve  requirement  of 3%; and for accounts  greater
than $49.3 million, a reserve  requirement of $1.35 million plus 10% (subject to
adjustment  by the FRB  between  8% and  14%)  against  that  portion  of  total
transaction  accounts  in excess of $49.3  million.  The first  $4.4  million of
otherwise  reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the FRB) were exempted
from the reserve requirements.  During 1997, the Bank was in compliance with the
foregoing  requirements  and expects to continue to remain in  compliance in the
future. For 1998, the FRB has decreased from $49.3 million to $47.8 million, the
amount of transaction  accounts  subject to the 3% reserve  requirement  and has
increased the amount of exempt  reservable  balances,  from $4.4 million to $4.7
million.

        The balances maintained to meet the reserve  requirements imposed by the
FRB may be used to satisfy  liquidity  requirements  which may be imposed by the
OTS.  Because  required  reserves must be maintained in the form of either vault
cash,  a  non-interest   bearing  account  at  a  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  or  a
pass-through  account  as  defined  by  the  FRB,  the  effect  of  the  reserve
requirement is to reduce the Bank's interest earning assets. FHLB System members
are also authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve  "discount  window",  but
FRB  regulations  require  institutions  to  exhaust  all  FHLB  sources  before
borrowing from a Federal Reserve Bank.

Taxation
- --------

General
- -------
     The  following  discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and
does not purport to be a comprehensive  description of the tax rules  applicable
to the  Company.  The Bank was  audited  by: the  Internal  Revenue  Service for
taxable years 1990 through  1993;  New York State for taxable years 1994 through
1996 and; New York City for taxable years 1991 through 1993.

Federal
- -------
     The Bank is subject to the rules of federal income  taxation  applicable to
corporations.  The Bank computes  taxable  income,  using the accrual  method of
accounting,  on a consolidated  basis. The current maximum federal corporate tax
rate for all income, including capital gains, is 35%.

State and Local Taxation
- ------------------------
     The Bank is  subject  to New York State  ("NYS")  Franchise  Tax on Banking
Corporations and to the NYC Banking Corporation Tax.

        The NYS and NYC taxes on  banking  corporations  are each  imposed in an
annual amount equal to the greater of; (1) 9% of the Bank's  "Entire Net Income"
allocable  to NYS (and to NYC for  purposes  of the City tax) during the taxable
year, or (2) the applicable  alternative minimum tax. The applicable alternative
minimum tax is  generally  the greater of (1) a  percentage  of the value of the
Bank's  assets  allocable  to NYS (and to NYC for the  City  tax)  with  certain
modifications, (2) 3% of the Bank's "Alternative Entire Net Income" allocable to
NYS (and to NYC for the City tax) or (3) A minimum tax of $325 ($300 in the case
of the NYC tax).

<PAGE>  20

        For purposes of the NYS and NYC taxes on banking  corporations,  "Entire
Net  Income"  is  similar  to  federal  taxable   income,   subject  to  certain
modifications  (including  the fact that net operating  losses cannot be carried
back or carried  forward),  and  "Alternative  Entire Net  Income" is similar to
"Entire Net Income", subject to certain further modifications.

Bad Debt Reserves
- -----------------
     Under the Federal law that existed  prior to 1996,  the Bank was  generally
allowed a special bad debt deduction in determining income for tax purposes. The
deduction was based on either an  experience  formula or a percentage of taxable
income before such deduction ("reserve method").  The reserve method was used in
preparing  the income tax  returns for 1995.  Legislation  was enacted in August
1996 which repealed the reserve method for tax purposes.  As a result,  the Bank
must instead use the direct charge-off method to compute its bad debt deduction.

         Pursuant to Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards Statement No.
109,  the Bank is  generally  not  required  to provide  deferred  taxes for the
difference  between  book and tax bad debt  expense  taken in years prior to, or
ending at December 31, 1987, the base year  reserves.  The base year reserves of
$85.1 million and supplemental reserve are frozen, not forgiven.  These reserves
continue to be segregated as they are subject to recapture penalty if one of the
following occurs:  (a) the Bank's retained earnings  represented by this reserve
are used for purposes  other than to absorb  losses on loans,  including  excess
dividends or distributions  in liquidation;  (b) the Bank redeems its stock; (c)
the Bank fails to meet the  definition  provided by the Code for a Bank.  Future
changes in the Federal tax law, could further affect the status of the base year
reserve. (See Notes 14 and 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included
on pages 33 through 35 in the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.)

        New York State and the City of New York  adopted  legislation  to reform
the  franchise  taxation of thrift  reserves  for loan losses.  The  legislation
applies to taxable years  beginning  after December 31, 1995.  The  legislation,
among other things, retains the reserve method for bad debt deductions.  The New
York State and the City of New York bad debt deduction are no longer  predicated
on the Federal deduction.

Delaware  Taxation
- ------------------
     As a Delaware  holding company not earning income in Delaware,  the Company
is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual
report  with  and pay an  annual  franchise  tax of  $150,000  to the  State  of
Delaware.


<PAGE>  21


                                STATISTICAL DATA

        The detailed  statistical  data which follows is presented in accordance
with Guide 3,  prescribed  by the SEC.  This data should be read in  conjunction
with the financial statements and related notes and Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations incorporated herein by
reference to the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders as Exhibit 13.01.

I.       Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:  Interest
           Rates and Interest Differential

A, B. Page 11 of the Company's 1997 Annual Report to  Stockholders  (portions of
which are filed herewith as Exhibit 13.01) presents the  distribution of assets,
liabilities  and  stockholders'  equity  and  interest  differential,  under the
caption "Average Balance Sheet" and is incorporated herein by reference.

C.    Interest Differential

      Page 12 of the Company's 1997 Annual Report to  Stockholders  (portions of
which are included herewith as Exhibit 13.01) presents the interest differential
under  the  caption  "Rate/Volume   Analysis"  and  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

      Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

      Pages 8 through 10 of the  Company's  1997 Annual  Report to  Stockholders
(portions of which are filed  herewith as Exhibit  13.01)  presents the interest
rate  sensitivity  analysis,   under  the  caption  "Interest  Rate  Sensitivity
Analysis" and is incorporated herein by reference.


<PAGE>  22


                              INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

<TABLE>

A. The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Company's
investment portfolio at the dates indicated:
<CAPTION>

                                                                             At December 31,
                                                                   1997         1996         1995
                                                                   ---------------------------------
                                                                            (In Thousands)
           <S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>  
           Securities Available-for-Sale:
             Marketable equity securities, at fair value .....    $ 62,243     $ 51,021     $ 40,071
                                                                  ========     ========     ========

           Securities Held-to-Maturity:
             U.S Government and federal agency securities ....    $244,903     $299,645     $439,896

             CMOs, net .......................................     104,040      155,272      144,607

             Mortgage-backed securities:
               Ginnie Mae, net ...............................       3,640        4,999        6,667
               Fannie Mae, net ...............................         106          152          235
               Freddie Mac, net ..............................         278          441          655
                                                                  --------     --------     --------

               Total .........................................    $352,967     $460,509     $592,060
                                                                  ========     ========     ========


           Other investments:
             FHLB-NY stock (investment required by law) ......    $  7,615     $  6,829     $  6,272
             Other stock......................................          30           30           30
                                                                  --------     --------     --------
               Total other investments........................    $  7,645     $  6,859     $  6,302
                                                                  ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>

Contractual Maturity Distribution
- ---------------------------------

     The table  below sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the  carrying
value,  weighted  average  yields and  maturities  of the  Company's  securities
held-to-maturity at December 31, 1997. The table does not reflect prepayments or
scheduled amortization on CMOs or MBS. For MBS, the maturities indicated are the
dates the final payments are due. For CMOs,  the  maturities  reflect the "final
payment  dates",  which as defined by the issuer,  represent  the latest date by
which the CMO will be retired. The assumptions used by the issuer in calculating
the final payment dates are highly  conservative,  and the actual retirement may
occur earlier than its final payment date. The estimated actual average maturity
on the entire  CMO  portfolio  at  December  31,  1997 was  twenty  months.  For
principal reduction on these securities,  for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995:  See the  "Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows",  included on
pages 24 and 25 of the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.
<TABLE>

                                                       At December 31, 1997
                         One Year or Less     Over 1 to 5 Years     Over 5 to 10 Years      After 10 years
                       -------------------   -------------------   --------------------    ---------------
                                  Weighted              Weighted              Weighted              Weighted
                       Carrying   Average    Carrying   Average     Carrying  Average     Carrying   Average
                        Value     Yield       Value     Yield        Value     Yield       Value     Yield
                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                    <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>  
Federal agency ......  $110,000    5.58%     $   -          -  %    $   -        -  %     $  -           - %
U.S. Government .....   124,921    6.10         9,982      6.26         -        -           -           -
CMOs ................      -        -          20,257      5.43       83,783    6.41         -           -
MBS .................       196   11.60           959     10.65         -        -          2,869      9.61
                       --------              --------               --------              -------
     Total ..........  $235,117    5.86%     $ 31,198      5.86%    $ 83,783    6.41%     $ 2,869      9.61%
                       ========              ========               ========              =======
</TABLE>


<PAGE>  23


                                 LOAN PORTFOLIO

<TABLE>
A. The following table sets forth the composition of the mortgage and other loan
portfolios in dollar amounts:
<CAPTION>



                                                                   At December 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
                                                    ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
                                                                   (In Thousands)
     <S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>  
     Mortgage loans:
       Multi-family ..........................    $563,205  $433,224  $344,337  $294,003  $238,756
       Underlying cooperative ... ............     267,942   262,221   263,972   251,580   253,460
       One- to four-family ...................      73,757    76,848    82,391    86,531    95,357
       Commercial ............................      71,839    61,829    55,662    58,070    59,942
       Construction ..........................       3,067     1,836     1,492     2,518       410
                                                 ---------  --------  --------  --------  --------
          Total mortgage loans ...............     979,810   835,958   747,854   692,702   647,925
                                                 ---------  --------  --------  --------  --------


     Other loans:
       Student ...............................       5,213     6,204     7,466     9,656    11,132
       Loans secured by deposit accounts .....       8,189     8,328     8,489     9,167     9,340
       Property improvement ..................      10,744     8,775     9,165     6,762     5,599
       Consumer ..............................       4,775     4,350     4,092     1,821     1,516
       Overdraft loans .......................         227       237       220       224       210
                                                 ---------  --------  --------   -------  --------
          Total other loans ..................      29,148    27,894    29,432    27,630    27,797
                                                 ---------  --------  --------  --------  --------


          Total loans receivable .............   1,008,958   863,852   777,286   720,332   675,722
                                                 ---------  --------  --------  --------  --------


     Less:
       Unearned discounts, premiums and
        deferred loan fees, net ..............       3,333     3,751     4,344     4,952     3,210
       Allowance for possible loan losses ....       5,880     5,327     4,697     4,085     4,136
                                                  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------


          Loans receivable, net ..............    $999,745  $854,774  $768,245  $711,295  $668,376
                                                  ========  ========  ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>  24


B.  Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
     The following table shows the  contractual  maturity of the loan portfolios
at December  31,  1997.  The table does not reflect  prepayments,  or  scheduled
principal  amortization  or repricing of adjustable  rate loans.  (For principal
reduction on loans,  for the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995: See
the "Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows", included on pages 24 and 25 in the
1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.)
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   Other
                                                  Mortgage Loans                   Loans      Total
                              -------------------------------------------------  --------     -----
                                                           (In Thousands)
                                         Under-    One-to
                               Multi-    lying-    Four-     Commer-  Construct-
                               Family    Co-op     Family     cial       tion       Other
                               ------    -----     ------     ----       ----       -----
  <S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
  Amounts due:
    Within 1 Year .........   $ 11,095  $ 21,099  $  7,951  $ 10,497  $     402   $ 8,797    $   59,841
                              --------  --------  --------  --------  ---------   -------    ----------
  After 1 Year:
    1 to 2 years ..........     25,915    10,610       331     1,978      2,665     1,859        43,358
    2 to 3 years ..........     42,195    35,458        79     1,763       -        2,789        82,284
    3 to 5 years ..........    110,689    58,637     1,207    16,392       -        4,142       191,067
    5 to 10 years .........    326,876   113,800    17,611    38,472       -       11,561       508,320
    10 to 20 years ........     45,929    28,338    22,090     2,737       -         -           99,094
    Over 20 years .........        506      -       24,488      -          -         -           24,994
                              --------  --------  --------  --------  ---------   -------    ----------
Total due after 1 year ....   $552,110  $246,843  $ 65,806  $ 61,342  $   2,665   $20,351    $  949,117
                              --------  --------  --------  --------  ---------   -------    ----------
      Total amounts due ...   $563,205  $267,942  $ 73,757  $ 71,839  $   3,067   $29,148    $1,008,958
                              ========  ========  ========= ========  =========   =======    ----------
  Less:
    Unearned discounts,
     premiums and deferred
     loan fees, net .......                                                                       3,333
    Allowance for possible
     loan losses ..........                                                                       5,880
                                                                                             ----------
  Loans receivable, net ...                                                                  $  999,745
                                                                                             ==========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
        The following  table sets forth at December 31, 1997,  the dollar amount
of all loans due after  December  31,  1998 and  whether  such  loans have fixed
interest rates or adjustable interest rates.
<CAPTION>
                                                     Fixed      Adjustable       Total
                                                     -----      ----------       -----
                                                             (In Thousands)
     <S>                                         <C>             <C>          <C>
     Due after December 31, 1998:
        Mortgage loans:
          Multi-family ........................  $  552,110      $  -         $  552,110
          Underlying cooperative ..............     246,843         -            246,843
          One-to four-family ..................      57,975        7,831          65,806
          Commercial ..........................      61,342         -             61,342
          Construction ........................       2,665         -              2,665
        Other loans:
          Student .............................       2,235        2,710           4,945
          Loans secured by deposit accounts ...           4         -                  4
          Property improvement ................      10,619         -             10,619
          Consumer ............................       4,556         -              4,556
          Overdraft loans .....................         227         -                227
                                                 ----------      -------      ----------
        Total loans receivable ................  $  938,576      $10,541      $  949,117
                                                 ==========      =======      ==========
</TABLE>


<PAGE>  25


C.         Delinquencies  and  Classified  Assets 
           --------------------------------------
     Delinquent  loans are  reviewed by  management  monthly and by the Board of
Directors  quarterly.  When a borrower  fails to make a scheduled  loan payment,
efforts are made to have the  borrower  cure the  delinquency.  The  borrower is
notified of the delinquency in writing and by telephone by the Bank's collection
staff. For mortgage loans, under certain circumstances, a site inspection of the
property is required.  Most  delinquencies are cured within 90 days and no legal
action is taken. If a mortgage  delinquency exceeds 90 days, the Bank institutes
measures to enforce its remedies, including commencing a foreclosure action. For
delinquent Federal Housing  Administration  ("FHA") and Veterans  Administration
("VA") mortgage loans, the Bank follows notification and foreclosure  procedures
prescribed  by FHA and VA.  Property  acquired  by the  Bank  as a  result  of a
foreclosure  is classified as "Other Real  Estate".  For uninsured  non-mortgage
loans,  delinquent  loans are charged off after 120 days and are referred to the
Bank's attorneys for collection.


<TABLE>
     At December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,  delinquencies  in the loan portfolios
were as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                            61-90 Days           90 Days and Over
                                        ------------------------------------------
                                        Number   Principal      Number   Principal
                                         of      balance          of      balance
                                        loans    of loans       loans    of loans
                                        -----    --------       -----    --------
                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)



<S>                                     <C> <C>  <C>            <C> <C>   <C>
At December 31, 1997
- --------------------
          Delinquent loans:
           Guaranteed(1)                 48      $  221          82       $   500
           Non-guaranteed                 5          10           5        12,769
                                        ---      ------         ---       -------
                                         53      $  231          87       $13,269
                                        ===      ======         ===       =======
          Ratio of delinquent
           loans to total loans             .02%                    1.32%
                                            ===                     ====


At December 31, 1996
- --------------------
          Delinquent loans:
           Guaranteed(1)                 78      $  390         144       $   692
           Non-guaranteed                 9          20          15        13,459
                                        ---      ------         ---       -------
                                         87      $  410         159       $14,151
                                        ===      ======         ===       =======
          Ratio of delinquent
           loans to total loans             .05%                    1.64%
                                            ===                     ====

At December 31, 1995
- --------------------
          Delinquent loans:
           Guaranteed(1)                 91      $  476         132       $   751
           Non-guaranteed                10       8,165           8           324
                                        ---      ------         ---       -------
                                        101      $8,641         140       $ 1,075
                                        ===      ======         ===       =======
          Ratio of delinquent
           loans to total loans          1.11%                       .14%
                                           =====                     ===

<FN>
          (1) Loans which are FHA, VA or SLMA guaranteed.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>  26

<TABLE>

        The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  non-accrual,
restructured  and impaired loans and loans which are 90 days or more  delinquent
but on which the Bank is accruing interest at the dates indicated.
<CAPTION>

                                                                At December 31,
                                                ---------------------------------------------
                                                  1997     1996      1995      1994     1993
                                                  ----     ----      ----      ----     ----
                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C> 
Mortgage loans:
- ---------------
 One-to four-family, multi-family and
  commercial real estate loans:
   Non-accrual loans (1) ...................    $12,754   $12,754   $20,903   $  500   $ -
                                                -------   -------   -------   ------   ------
Accruing loans 90 or more days overdue:
 Conventional mortgages ....................       -          686       311      322      326
 VA and FHA mortgages (2) ..................        335       361       557      581      937
                                                 ------    ------   -------   ------   ------
      Total ................................        335     1,047       868      903    1,263
                                                 ------    ------   -------   ------   ------

Other loans:
- ------------
  Non-accrual loans ........................       -          -        -        -        -
  Accruing 90 or more days overdue:
    Student loans ..........................        165       331       194      379      429
    Consumer loans .........................         15        19        13        7       19
                                                 ------    ------   -------   ------   ------
      Total ................................        180       350       207      386      448
                                                 ------    ------   -------   ------   ------



Total non-performing loans:
  Non-accrual ..............................     12,754    12,754    20,903      500     -
  Accruing 90 days or more overdue .........        515     1,397     1,075    1,289    1,711
                                                 ------    ------   -------   ------   ------
      Total ................................    $13,269   $14,151   $21,978   $1,789   $1,711
                                                =======   =======   =======   ======   ======


Non-accrual loans to total loans ...........       1.26%     1.48%     2.69%     .07%     -  %
Accruing loans 90 or more days overdue
  to total loans ...........................        .06       .16       .14      .18      .25
Non-performing loans to total loans ........       1.32      1.64      1.78(3)   .25      .25


At December 31:
- ---------------
Restructured loans .........................    $ 1,840   $ 1,874   $1,663    $1,828     $  -


For the years ended December 31:
- --------------------------------
Income forfeited due to
 restructured loans ........................    $    62   $    62   $    62   $    6     $  -


Income unrecorded due to
 non-accrual/impaired loans ................    $ 1,180   $ 1,180   $  226    $  150     $  -

<FN>

     (1) See "Asset/Liability Management", included on pages 7 and 8 in the 1997
Annual Report to Stockholders.


     (2) The  Bank's  FHA and VA loans are  guaranteed,  seasoned  loans.  These
loans,  including the past due loans, do not present any significant  collection
risk to the Bank and  therefore,  are  presented  separately  from  conventional
mortgages.

     (3) Does not include an $8.2  million  mortgage  loan that was current on a
cash basis,  but on non-accrual  status,  as payments were received  through the
bankruptcy court.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>  27


        There were no loans included in the preceding  table which were modified
in a troubled debt restructuring  ("TDR").  The entire balance of impaired loans
at December 31, 1997 represents loans on non-accrual status. The average balance
of  impaired  loans  for both  1997 and 1996 was  $12.8  million.  There  was no
interest  income  recorded for impaired loans (for the period in which the loans
were identified as impaired) during 1997 and 1996. For both years ended December
31, 1997 and 1996, impaired loans resulted in foregone interest of $1.2 million.
At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  loans  restructured  in a TDR,  other than those
classified as impaired  loans and/or  non-accrual  loans,  were $1.8 million and
$1.9 million,  respectively.  Interest forfeited attributable to these loans was
$62,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

Classified Assets
- -----------------
     Federal  regulations  provide  for the  classification  of loans  and other
assets such as debt and equity securities  considered by the OTS to be of lesser
quality as  "substandard",  "doubtful" or "loss" assets.  An asset is considered
"substandard"  if it is  inadequately  protected  by the  current  net worth and
paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard
assets include those characterized by the distinct  possibility that the insured
institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets
classified as "doubtful" have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified
"substandard",  with the added  characteristic  that the weaknesses present make
"collection or liquidation in full",  on the basis of currently  existing facts,
conditions, and values, "highly questionable and improbable".  Assets classified
as "loss" are those  considered  "uncollectible"  and of such little  value that
their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve
is not  warranted.  Pursuant  to  OTS  rules,  the  Bank  recently  discontinued
classifying assets as "special mention" if such assets possessed weakness but do
not expose the Bank to sufficient risk to warrant  classification  in one of the
aforementioned categories. However, the Bank still maintains a "special mention"
category under its internal asset review system.

        When  an  insured  institution   classifies  problem  assets  as  either
"substandard" or "doubtful",  it is required to establish general allowances for
loan  losses in an amount  deemed  prudent  by  management.  General  allowances
represent loss allowances  which have been established to recognize the inherent
risk associated with lending activities,  but which, unlike specific allowances,
have  not  been  allocated  to  particular  problem  assets.   When  an  insured
institution  classifies  problem assets as "loss", it is required to establish a
specific  allowance  for  losses  equal to 100% of the  amount  of the  asset so
classified or to charge off such amount. An insured institution's  determination
as to  the  classification  of its  assets  and  the  amount  of  its  valuation
allowances is subject to review by the OTS which can order the  establishment of
additional general or specific loss allowances. In connection with the filing of
its periodic reports with the OTS, the Bank regularly  reviews the problem loans
in its  portfolio  to  determine  whether any loans  require  classification  in
accordance with applicable regulations.

Allowances  for Possible Loan and Other Credit Losses
- -----------------------------------------------------
     The  allowances  for possible loan and other credit losses are  established
through  provisions made, based on management's  evaluation of the risk inherent
in its asset  portfolios  and  changes in the  nature  and volume of  investment
activity. Such evaluation,  which includes a review of all assets for which full
collection may not be reasonably  assured,  considers  among other matters,  the
estimated  fair  value  of  the  underlying  collateral,   economic  conditions,
historical  loss  experience  and other  factors  that  warrant  recognition  in
providing for adequate credit allowances. (For a more complete discussion of the
Bank's  problem  assets see  "Provision For Possible Loan Losses" and "Provision
for Possible Other Credit Losses", included on page 16 in the 1997 Annual Report
to Stockholders.)

<PAGE>  28

        The OTS, in  conjunction  with other federal  banking  agencies,  has an
interagency  policy  statement on the allowance  for loan and lease losses.  The
policy  statement  provides  guidance  for  financial  institutions  on both the
responsibilities  of management for the assessment and establishment of adequate
allowances and guidance for banking agency  examiners to use in determining  the
adequacy  of general  valuation  allowances.  Generally,  the  policy  statement
requires that:  institutions  have  effective  systems and controls to identify,
monitor and address  asset  quality  problems;  have  analyzed  all  significant
factors that affect the  collectibility of the portfolio in a reasonable manner;
and have established  acceptable  allowance  evaluation  processes that meet the
objectives set forth in the policy statement.

Potential  Problem  Loans and Other Assets and  Subsequent  Developments
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Non-performing  loans  at  December  31,  1997  included  a  $12.8  million
underlying  cooperative  mortgage loan which comprised  96.1% of  non-performing
loans.  This mortgage is secured by a 148 unit cooperative  apartment  building,
located in  Manhattan,  New York.  On January 28, 1998,  the Bank entered into a
settlement  agreement  with the  borrower,  that  provides that the Bank be made
whole for unpaid principal,  contractual interest,  late charges and legal fees,
no later than May 28,  1998.  In  addition,  the  borrower  is  responsible  for
interest,  which will continue to accrue and for any additional  legal fees that
the Bank incurs in connection with this credit.  In accordance with the terms of
the agreement,  the Bank received $1.2 million from the borrower,  through March
13, 1998,  comprised of a $1.0 million  payment,  which could be applied against
any portion of the  indebtedness  other than  principal and $197,000 for interim
interest, which is due monthly. The borrower is seeking to refinance elsewhere.

Other Real Estate
- -----------------
     ORE represents  real estate  properties  owned by the Bank, or a subsidiary
company,  as a  result  of  foreclosure  or by  obtaining  a  deed  in  lieu  of
foreclosure. ORE is recorded at the lower of the net unpaid indebtedness, or the
property's  net  fair  value at the time of  acquisition.  Subsequent  valuation
adjustments are made if the net fair value decreases below the carrying  amount.
Gains, if any, on the sale of ORE are deferred under the cost recovery method.

        At  December  31,  1997,  ORE carried at $473,000  was  comprised  of 31
cooperative  apartments located within an 84 unit cooperative apartment building
located in Brooklyn,  New York.  The units were acquired  during 1994,  when the
Bank restructured an underlying cooperative loan. As part of the agreement,  the
Bank extended the mortgage loan for an additional  five years at 7.25%,  made an
additional five year building improvement/liquidity loan to the cooperative and,
through a subsidiary  corporation,  received  cooperative shares representing 57
apartments.  As  a  result  of  the  restructuring,  $1.6  million  (the  Bank's
proportionate share of property ownership) of the cooperative association's $2.4
million  indebtedness to the Bank was reclassified from mortgage loans to ORE on
the Company's consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 1997, the total
indebtedness  related to this  restructured  loan  reported in  mortgage  loans,
including the building improvement loan, was $1.3 million. At December 31, 1997,
of the original 57 units acquired; 26 units had been sold, resulting in deferred
gains of  $376,000,  30 units  were  rented  and,  1 unit was  vacant  and being
marketed for sale.

        During 1997, ORE operations  generated pre-tax income of $59,000,  which
included net gains of $144,000  realized on the sale of ORE  properties  and the
net cost of operations  of $85,000.  There were no loss  provisions  established
against ORE during the year ended December 31, 1997.



<PAGE>  29


                         SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

<TABLE>

        Activity in the allowance for possible loan losses for the mortgage loan
portfolio and the other loan portfolio are summarized as follows,  respectively,
for the years ended December 31:
<CAPTION>

Mortgage Portfolio Loan Loss Allowance:                  1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
- --------------------------------------                   ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
Balance at beginning of period                         $5,176    $4,575    $3,976    $4,000    $3,400
Provision for possible loan losses                        600       600       600       600       600
Loans charged-off                                         (35)     -           (1)     (624)     -
Recoveries of loans previously charged off               -            1      -         -         -
                                                       ------    ------    -------   ------    ------
  Balance at end of period                             $5,741    $5,176    $4,575    $3,976    $4,000
                                                       ======    ======    ======    ======    ======

Ratios:
- -------

Net charge-offs to average mortgages                      -  %      -  %      -  %      .10%      -  %

Allowance for possible loan losses to
 net mortgage loans at December 31:                       .59%      .63%      .62%      .58%      .62%

Allowance for possible loan losses to mortgage
 loans delinquent 90 days or more at December 31:       43.86%    37.50%     5.27x     4.40x     3.17x

Other Loan Portfolio Loss Allowance:
- ------------------------------------
Balance at beginning of period                         $  151    $  122    $  109    $  136     $ 154
Provision for possible loan losses                         48        40        36         8      -
Loans charged off                                         (72)      (33)      (43)      (40)      (33)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off                 12        22        20         5        15
                                                       ------    ------    ------    ------     -----
  Balance at end of period                             $  139    $  151    $  122    $  109     $ 136
                                                       ======    ======    ======    ======     =====

Ratios:
- -------

Net charge-offs to average other loans                    .21%      .04%      .08%      .13%      .06%

Allowance for possible loan losses to
 net other loans at December 31:                          .48%      .54%      .42%      .40%      .49%

Allowance for possible loan losses to other
 loans delinquent 90 days or more at December 31:       77.22%    43.14%    58.94%    28.24%    30.36%
</TABLE>


<PAGE>  30

                                    DEPOSITS

<TABLE>

Deposit balances are summarized as follows at December 31:
<CAPTION>

                             1997                     1996                    1995
                             ----                     ----                    ----
                      Stated                   Stated                  Stated
                       rate      Amount         rate       Amount       rate       Amount
                       ----      ------         ----       ------       ----       ------
                                         (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>               <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Balance by interest rate:
    Demand              -  % $   32,132         -  %   $   31,940         - %    $   30,711
    NOW                2.47      35,401        2.47        36,256        2.47        36,680
    Money market       2.96      79,007        2.96        89,081        2.96        92,774
    Passbook & lease
      security         2.71     565,130        2.71       599,951        2.96       632,879

    Certificates      -            -           -             -       3.70- 4.00       2,083
                  4.67- 5.00     44,646    4.14- 5.00     174,155    4.01- 5.00     135,386
                  5.01- 6.00    343,864    5.01- 6.00     187,890    5.01- 6.00     203,054
                  6.01- 7.00     21,023    6.01- 7.00      25,120    6.01- 7.00      29,016
                  7.01- 8.00       -       7.01- 8.00        -       7.01- 8.00         863
                             ----------                ----------                ----------
                                409,533                   387,165                   370,402
                             ----------                ----------                ----------
Total deposits               $1,121,203                $1,144,393                $1,163,446
                             ==========                ==========                ==========

Time certificates in
 excess of $100,000          $   41,551                $   32,676                $   27,039
                             ==========                ==========                ==========

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
     The  following  table sets forth the  maturity of  certificate  accounts in
amounts of $100,000 or more at December 31:
<CAPTION>

                                             1997
                                             ----
                                        (In Thousands)
 
     <S>                                    <C>    
     Three months or less                   $18,067
     Over three months through six months     8,288
     Over six months through twelve months    9,430
     Over twelve months                       5,766
                                            $41,551

</TABLE>


<PAGE>  31


<TABLE>
        The following  table sets forth certain of the Bank's  average  interest
bearing deposit  categories and the related average interest rates for the years
ended December 31:
<CAPTION>

                             1997                 1996                 1995
                             ----                 ----                 ----
                                         (Dollars in Thousands)

                       Amount    Rate      Amount     Rate      Amount     Rate
                       ------    ----      ------     ----      ------     ----

<S>                 <C>          <C>    <C>           <C>      <C>         <C>
Passbook and lease
 security           $  580,050   2.70%  $  615,591    2.72%    $  661,356  2.88%
Certificates           397,832   5.22      383,215    5.16        343,229  5.14
Money Market            83,731   3.04       91,597    3.08         99,016  3.08
NOW                     35,934   2.45       36,338    2.47         37,073  2.55
                    ----------          ----------             ----------
                    $1,097,547   3.63%  $1,126,741    3.57%    $1,140,674  3.57%
                    ==========          ==========             ==========

<FN>
        The FDIC,  an agency of the U.S.  Government,  insures each  depositor's
savings up to $100,000 through the BIF.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<TABLE>

Financial Highlights
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31:          1997     1996      1995
- -------------------------------           ----     ----      ----
<S>                                       <C>      <C>       <C>  
Return on average assets                  2.42%    1.74%     1.44%
Return on average equity                 10.64     8.05      6.67
Dividend payout ratio(1)                 37.23    47.24     50.25
Average equity to average assets         22.72    21.65     21.60
Equity to total assets                   23.94    22.12     22.01
Interest rate spread                      3.88     3.90      3.82
Net interest margin                       4.73     4.68      4.60
Non-interest expense to
 average assets                           1.79     1.80      1.92
Non-performing loans to total loans(2)    1.32     1.64      1.78
Non-performing assets to total assets(2)  0.90     0.98      1.50
Efficiency ratio(3)                      38.27    40.40     42.36
Ratio of net interest income to
 non-interest expense                     2.47x    2.44x    2.27x
Average interest earning assets to
 average interest bearing liabilities     1.31x    1.28x    1.28x

<FN>

(1)  Dividend  payout ratio is  calculated  by dividing  dividends  declared per
     share by net income per share.

(2)  See also  "Asset/Liability  Management",  included  on pages 7 and 8 in the
     1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.

(3)  Amount is determined by dividing non-interest expense, excluding Other Real
     Estate (income) expense,  by net interest income plus loan fees and service
     charges.
</FN>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>  32

                                   BORROWINGS

        The Bank has not directly  borrowed  funds since 1984,  however,  in the
event that the Bank should  require  funds beyond its internal  ability,  it may
take advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, New York.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
- -------------------

        The Bank conducts its business  through 13 full-service  branch offices,
10 located in the  borough of Queens,  one in the borough of  Manhattan  and one
each in Nassau  and  Suffolk  counties.  The  Company  believes  that the Bank's
current facilities are adequate to meet the present and immediately  foreseeable
needs of the Bank and the  Company.  (See Note 9 to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements, included on page 32 in the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders.)

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
- --------------------------

        The Bank is a defendant  in several  lawsuits  arising out of the normal
conduct of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal
counsel,  the  ultimate  outcome  of these  matters  is not  expected  to have a
material adverse effect on the results of operations, business operations or the
consolidated financial condition of the Company.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
- ------------------------------------------------------------

        None.



<PAGE>  33


ADDITIONAL ITEM.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- ------------------------------------

<TABLE>
     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  with respect to each
executive officer of the Company who is not also a director of the Company.  The
Board of Directors appoints or reaffirms the appointment of all of the Company's
Executive Officers each April. The term of each Executive Officer of the Company
is  generally  one  year,  or  until  a  respective  successor  is  elected  (or
appointed).
<CAPTION>

                          Age at          Position held
Name                December 31, 1997     with the Company
- ----                -----------------     ----------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>                     
John F. Bennett            63             Senior Vice President
Ronald C. Spielberger      60             Senior Vice President
Jack Connors               48             Senior Vice President
John Conroy                51             Senior Vice President
Bernice Glaz               56             Senior Vice President
Lawrence J. Kane           44             Senior Vice President
Thomas R. Lehmann          47             Chief Financial Officer
Robert A. Neumuth          54             Senior Vice President
Joseph J. Hennessy         55             Asst. Treasurer/Comptroller

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

     The  following  table sets forth certain  information  with respect to each
executive officer of the Bank who is not a director of the Bank.
<CAPTION>

                          Age at          Position held
Name                December 31, 1997     with the Bank
- ----                -----------------     -------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>                     
John F. Bennett            63             Senior Vice President
Ronald C. Spielberger      60             Senior Vice President
Jack Connors               48             Senior Vice President
John Conroy                51             Senior Vice President
Bernice Glaz               56             Senior Vice President
Thomas R. Lehmann          47             Chief Financial Officer
                                          Treasurer and Comptroller
Lawrence J. Kane           44             Senior Vice President
Robert A. Neumuth          54             Senior Vice President

</TABLE>




<PAGE>  34


                                     PART II



ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR JSB FINANCIAL INC.'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
          STOCKHOLDERS' MATTERS
         ---------------------------------------------------------

        JSB  Financial,  Inc.  common  stock is  traded  on the New  York  Stock
Exchange under the symbol "JSB".  Prior to August 7, 1997, the Company's  common
stock was traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "JSBF".

        Information regarding JSB Financial, Inc. common stock and its price for
the  1997  calendar  year  appears  on  page  6 of the  1997  Annual  Report  to
Stockholders,  portions of which are filed herewith as Exhibit 13.01,  under the
caption "Quarterly Results" and is incorporated herein by reference.

        As of February 17, 1998, JSB  Financial,  Inc. had  approximately  2,143
shareholders of record,  not including the number of persons or entities holding
stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and banks.

        During 1997, the Company declared four cash dividends totaling $1.40 per
share each on its common stock.  Although the Company cannot guarantee  dividend
payments,  management  expects to continue to pay cash dividends,  provided that
dividend  payments  are in the  best  interest  of the  Company's  stockholders.
Certain  restrictions  exist  regarding the amount of dividends that the Company
may  declare and pay.  (See Note 17 to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,
included on page 35 in the 1997 Annual Report to  Stockholders.)  Dividends were
paid during calendar 1997 to stockholders as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Declaration Date        Record Date           Payment Date         Dividend Per Share
     ----------------        -----------           ------------         ------------------
     <S>                   <C>                   <C>                          <C>             <C> 
     January 7, 1997       February 5, 1997      February 19, 1997            $.35
     April 8, 1997         May 7, 1997           May 21, 1997                 $.35
     July 8, 1997          August 6, 1997        August 20, 1997              $.35
     October 21, 1997      November 5, 1997      November 19, 1997            $.35
</TABLE>

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
- --------------------------------

        Information  regarding  selected financial data appears on pages 2 and 5
of the Company's 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders,  and is incorporated herein
by reference.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
          AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
         -----------------------------------------------------------

        Pages 7 through 19, of the Company's 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders,
are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
- ----------------------------------------------------

        Pages  21  through  43,  of  the   Company's   1997  Annual   Report  to
Stockholders, are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
          AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
         -----------------------------------------------------------

         None.

<PAGE>  35


                                    PART III



        Certain information  required by Part III is omitted from this Report in
that  the  Registrant  has  filed  a  definitive  proxy  statement  pursuant  to
Regulation 14A (the "Proxy Statement"), and certain information included therein
is incorporated herein by reference.  Only those sections of the Proxy Statement
which  specifically  address  the items set forth  herein  are  incorporated  by
reference.  Such  incorporation  does not include the Report of the Compensation
Committee or the Stock Performance Graph included in the Proxy Statement.


ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
- ---------------------------------------------------------

        Information  presented  under the heading  "Information  With Respect to
Nominees  and  Continuing  Directors"  on pages 4 and 5 in the  Company's  Proxy
Statement for its Annual Meeting of  Stockholders to be held on May 12, 1998, is
incorporated herein by reference.  Information concerning Executive Officers who
are not  directors is  contained in Part I of this report  pursuant to paragraph
(b) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K in reliance on Instruction G.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
- --------------------------------

        Information  included under the headings  "Directors'  Compensation" and
"Executive  Compensation"  on pages 9 through  12  (excluding  the Report of the
Compensation  Committee on pages 10 and 11) in the Company's Proxy Statement for
its Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  to be held on May 12, 1998, is incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

        Information  included under the headings "Security  Ownership of Certain
Beneficial  Owners" and "Stock  Ownership of Management" on pages 3 and 8 in the
Company's  Proxy  Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on
May 12, 1998, is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------

        Information included under the headings  "Indebtedness of Management and
Transactions  with Certain  Related  Persons" on page 18 in the Company's  Proxy
Statement for its Annual Meeting of  Stockholders to be held on May 12, 1998, is
incorporated herein by reference.


<PAGE>  36


                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) 1.  Financial Statements

        The following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the Company,  its
subsidiary,  Jamaica  Savings Bank FSB,  and the  independent  auditors'  report
thereon, included on pages 21 through 43, of the Company's 1997 Annual Report to
Stockholders, are incorporated herein by reference:

- -    Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Condition at December 31, 1997 and
     1996 -  Consolidated  Statements of Operations for each of the years in the
     three year period ended December 31, 1997
- -    Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for each of the
     years in the three year period ended December 31, 1997
- -    Consolidated  Statements  of Cash  Flows for each of the years in the three
     year period ended December 31, 1997
- -    Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
- -    Independent Auditors' Report

        The  remaining  information  appearing  in the  1997  Annual  Report  to
Stockholders  is not  deemed  to be  filed  as part of this  report,  except  as
expressly provided herein.

      2. Financial Statement Schedules

        Financial  Statement  Schedules  have been omitted  because they are not
applicable or the required  information is shown in the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements or Notes thereto.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K filed during the last quarter of 1997:  None

(c) Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K:

     Exhibit No.  Description
     -----------  -----------
       3.01       Articles of Incorporation                                  (1)
       3.02       Bylaws (Amended and Restated, filed herewith)
       4.01       Stock Certificate of JSB Financial, Inc.                   (1)

                  Employment Agreement between the Company and:
      10.01        Park T. Adikes                                            (2)
      10.02        Edward P. Henson                                          (2)
      10.04        Ronald C. Spielberger                                     (2)
      10.05        Joanne Corrigan                                           (2)

      10.06       Supplemental Employment Agreement entered into on
                   July 9, 1996 between the Company and:
                   Park T. Adikes                                            (3)
                   Edward P. Henson                                          (3)
                   Ronald C. Spielberger                                     (3)
                   Joanne Corrigan                                           (3)

                                                                      Continued

<PAGE>  37


  Exhibit No.   Description
  -----------   -----------
                Employment Agreement between the Bank and:
    10.07        Park T. Adikes                                              (2)
    10.08        Edward P. Henson                                            (2)
    10.09        Ronald C. Spielberger                                       (2)
    10.10        Joanne Corrigan                                             (2)
    10.11        John F. Bennett                                             (2)
    10.12        Jack Connors                                                (4)
    10.13        John J. Conroy                                              (4)
    10.14        Bernice Glaz                                                (4)
    10.15        Thomas R. Lehmann                                           (4)
    10.16        Lawrence J. Kane, filed herewith
    10.17        Robert A. Neumuth                                           (3)

    10.18       Supplemental Employment Agreement entered into on
                 July 9, 1996 between the Bank and:
                 Park T. Adikes                                              (3)
                 Edward P. Henson                                            (3)
                 Ronald C. Spielberger                                       (3)
                 Joanne Corrigan                                             (3)
                 John F. Bennett                                             (3)
                 Jack Connors                                                (3)
                 John J. Conroy                                              (3)
                 Bernice Glaz                                                (3)
                 Thomas R. Lehmann                                           (3)
                 Lawrence J. Kane                                            (3)
                 Robert A. Neumuth                                           (3)

                Special Termination Agreements between the Bank, guaranteed
                 by the Company and:
    10.19        Teresa DiRe-Covello                                         (2)
    10.20        Joseph J. Hennessy                                          (2)
    10.21        Philip Pepe                                                 (5)

    10.22       Supplemental Special Termination  Agreements entered into
                 on July 9, 1996 between the Bank and:
                 Teresa DiRe-Covello                                         (3)
                 Joseph J. Hennessy                                          (3)
                 Philip Pepe                                                 (3)


                                                                      Continued



<PAGE>  38


  Exhibit No.   Description
  -----------   -----------
    10.23      Jamaica Savings Bank FSB Benefit Restoration Plan
                (Amended and Restated)                                       (6)
    10.24      JSB Financial, Inc. 1990 Incentive Stock Option Plan
                (Amended and Restated)                                       (7)
    10.25      JSB Financial, Inc. 1990 Stock Option Plan
                For Outside Directors (Amended and Restated)                 (7)
    10.26      Jamaica Savings Bank FSB Employee Severance
               Compensation Plan                                             (1)
    10.27      Jamaica Savings Bank FSB Outside Directors' Consultation
                and Retirement Plan                                          (8)
    10.28      Incentive Savings Plan of Jamaica Savings Bank FSB            (8)
    10.29      The JSB Financial, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan                (9)
    11.01      Statement regarding computation of per share
                earnings, filed herewith
    13.01      Portions of the 1997 Annual Report to Stockholders,
                filed herewith
    23.01      Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, filed herewith
    27.00      Financial Data Schedule for the Period Ended December 31,
                1997, filed herewith
    27.01      Financial Data Schedule for the Period Ended December 31,
                1996, Restated, filed herewith
    99.01      Form 11-K for calendar year 1997 for the Incentive Savings
                Plan of Jamaica Savings Bank FSB                            (10)

(1)   Incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibits filed with the  Registration
      Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-33821.
(2)  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits filed with the Form 10-K
      for the Year Ended December 31, 1990.
(3)  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits filed with the Form 10-K
      for the Year Ended December 31, 1996.
(4)  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits filed with the Form 10-Q
      for the Quarter Ended June 30, 1995.
(5)  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits filed with the Form 10-K
      for the year ended December 31, 1993.
(6)  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits filed with the Form 10-K
      for the Year Ended December 31, 1994.
(7)  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits filed with the Form 10-K
      for the Year Ended December 31, 1992.
(8)  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits filed with the Pre-Effective
      Amendment No.1 to Form S-1, Registration No. 33-33821,
      filed on April 2, 1990.
(9)  Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A (pages 21 through 33)
      of the Proxy Statement, dated March 29, 1996.
(10) To be filed.


<PAGE>  39


                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    JSB Financial, Inc.
    -------------------
       (Registrant)

/s/  Park T. Adikes          3/20/98
- ---  --------------          -------
     Park T. Adikes
     Chairman of the Board and
     Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

/s/  Park T. Adikes          3/20/98        /s/ Thomas R. Lehmann      3/23/98
- ---  --------------          -------        ---------------------      -------
     Park T. Adikes                             Thomas R. Lehmann
     Chief Executive Officer                    Chief Financial Officer
     Chairman and Director                      (Principal Accounting Officer)





/s/  Joseph C. Cantwell      3/26/98         /s/  James E. Gibbons, Jr.  3/26/98
- ---------------------------  -------         --------------------------  -------
     Joseph C. Cantwell                           James E. Gibbons, Jr.
     Director                                     Director



/s/  Edward P. Henson        3/24/98         /s/  Richard W. Meyer       3/26/98
- ---------------------------  -------         --------------------------  -------
     Edward P. Henson                                    Richard W. Meyer
     President and Director                              Director



/s/  Arnold B. Pritcher      3/26/98         /s/  Paul R. Screvane       3/26/98
- ---------------------------  -------         --------------------------  -------
     Arnold B. Pritcher                           Paul R. Screvane
     Director                                     Director





                               JSB FINANCIAL, INC.

                                     BY-LAWS

                            ARTICLE I - STOCKHOLDERS
                            ------------------------

Section 1.  Annual Meeting.

An Annual meeting of the stockholders,  for the election of Directors to succeed
those whose terms expire and for the  transaction  of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and
at such time as the Board of Directors  shall each year fix, which date shall be
within thirteen (13) months subsequent to the later of the date of incorporation
or the last annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.  Special Meetings.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of  preferred  stock
of the  Corporation,  special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be
called by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority
of the total number of Directors which the Corporation  would have if there were
no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the "Whole Board") or by the
Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

Section 3.   Notice of Meetings.

Written notice of the place,  date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders
shall be given,  not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the
date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting,  except as otherwise  provided herein or required by law (meaning,
here and  hereinafter,  as required  from time to time by the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time,  written notice need
not be given of the  adjourned  meeting if the place,  date and time thereof are
announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken;  provided,  however,
that if the date of any  adjourned  meeting is more than  thirty (30) days after
the date for which the meeting was originally  noticed,  or if a new record date
is fixed for the adjourned meeting,  written notice of the place, date, and time
of adjourned  meeting  shall be given in conformity  herewith.  At any adjourned
meeting,  any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the
original meeting.

Section 4.  Quorum.

At any  meeting of the  stockholders,  the  holders of a majority  of all of the
shares of the stock  entitled  to vote at the  meeting,  present in person or by
proxy,  shall  constitute  a quorum  for all  purposes,  unless or except to the
extent  that the  presence of a larger  number may be  required by law.  Where a
separate  vote by a class or classes is  required,  a majority  of the shares of
such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute
a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the
holders of a majority of the shares of stock  entitled to vote who are  present,
in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.


<PAGE>


If a notice of any  adjourned  special  meeting of  stockholders  is sent to all
stockholders  entitled to vote thereat,  stating that it will be held with those
present  constituting a quorum,  then except as otherwise required by law, those
present at such  adjourned  meeting shall  constitute a quorum,  and all matters
shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

Section 5.  Organization.

Such person as the Board of Directors may have  designated or, in the absence of
such a person,  the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or, in his or her
absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares
entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any
meeting of the stockholders  and act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence
of the Secretary of the Corporation,  the secretary of the meeting shall be such
person as the chairman appoints.

Section 6.  Conduct of Business.

(a) The chairman of any meeting of  stockholders  shall  determine  the order of
business and the  procedure at the meeting,  including  such  regulation  of the
manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.

(b) At any  annual  meeting of the  stockholders,  only such  business  shall be
conducted  as shall  have  been  brought  before  the  meeting  (i) by or at the
direction  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  (ii)  by  any  stockholder  of the
Corporation  who is entitled to voted with respect thereto and who complies with
the  notice  procedures  set forth in this  Section  6(b).  For  business  to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must
have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.
To be timely a stockholder's  notice must be delivered or mailed to and received
at the principal  executive offices of the Corporation not less than thirty (30)
days prior to the date of the annual  meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the
event that less than forty (40) days' notice or prior public  disclosure  of the
date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders,  notice by the stockholder
to be timely must be  received  not later than the close of business on the 10th
day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was
mailed  or such  public  disclosure  was  made.  A  stockholder's  notice to the
Secretary shall set forth as to each matter such  stockholder  proposes to bring
before the annual meeting (i) a brief  description of the business desired to be
brought before the annual  meeting and the reasons for conducting  such business
at the  annual  meeting,  (ii) the  name  and  address,  as they  appear  on the
Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class
and number of share of the  Corporation's  capital  stock that are  beneficially
owned by such stockholder and (iv) any material  interest of such stockholder in
such  business.  Notwithstanding  anything in these By-laws to the contrary,  no
business  shall be brought  before or conducted at an annual  meeting  except in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of this  Section  6(b).  The  Officer  of the
Corporation or other person  presiding  over the annual  meeting  shall,  if the
facts so warrant,  determine  and declare to the meeting  that  business was not
properly  brought  before the meeting in accordance  with the provisions of this
Section 6(b) and, if he should so determine,  he shall so declare to the meeting
and any such  business  so  determined  to be not  properly  brought  before the
meeting shall not be transacted.

At any  special  meeting  of the  stockholders,  only  such  business  shall  be
conducted as shall have been brought  before the meeting by or at the  direction
of the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>


(c) Only persons who are nominated in accordance  with the  procedures set forth
in these  By-laws shall be eligible for election as  Directors.  Nominations  of
persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at
a meeting of stockholders at which Directors are to be elected only (i) by or at
the  direction  of the  Board of  Directors  or (ii) by any  stockholder  of the
Corporation  entitled to vote for the  Election of  Directors at the meeting who
complies  with the  notice  procedures  set  forth in this  Section  6(c).  Such
nominations,  other  than  those  made by or at the  direction  of the  Board of
Directors,  shall be made by timely  notice in writing to the  Secretary  of the
Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's  notice shall be delivered or mailed
to and received at the principal  executive  offices of the Corporation not less
than 30 days prior to the date of the meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the
event  that less  than 40 days  notice  or prior  disclosure  of the date of the
meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely
must be so  received  not  later  than  the  close of  business  on the 10th day
following  the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or
such public disclosure was made. Such  stockholder's  notice shall set forth (i)
as to each person whom such  stockholder  proposes to nominate  for  election or
reelection  as a  Director,  all  information  relating  to such  person that is
required to be disclosed in  solicitations of proxies for election of Directors,
or is otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant to  Regulation  14A under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  (including  such person's  written
consent to being named in the proxy  statement  as a nominee and to serving as a
Director if Elected);  and (ii) as to the stockholder  giving the notice (x) the
name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of such stockholder
and (y) the class and number of shares of the  Corporation's  capital stock that
are  beneficially  owned by such  stockholder.  At the  request  of the Board of
Directors  any person  nominated  by the Board of  Directors  for  election as a
Director  shall furnish to the  Secretary of the  Corporation  that  information
required to be set forth in a stockholder's  notice of nomination which pertains
to the  nominee.  No person  shall be eligible for election as a Director of the
Corporation  unless  nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section
6(c). The Officer of the  Corporation  or other person  presiding at the meeting
shall,  if the facts so warrant,  determine  that a  nomination  was not made in
accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she
shall  so  declare  to  the  meeting  and  the  defective  nomination  shall  be
disregarded.

Section 7.  Proxies and Voting.

At any meeting of the stockholders,  every stockholder entitled to vote may vote
in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing filed in accordance
with the procedure established for the meeting or such other manner as permitted
under  the  laws of the  State  of  Delaware,  including,  but not  limited  to,
appropriate  procedures for telephone voting and internet voting by stockholders
to authorize proxies.

Each  stockholder  shall have one (1) vote for every share of stock  entitled to
vote which is  registered in his or her name on the record date for the meeting,
except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

All voting, including on the election of Directors but excepting where otherwise
required by law,  may be by a voice vote;  provided,  however,  that upon demand
therefore by a  stockholder  entitled to vote or his or her proxy,  a stock vote
shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots,  each of which shall
state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other  information as
may be required  under the  procedure  established  for the meeting.  Every vote
taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the
chairman of the meeting.

All elections  shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast,  and except
as otherwise  required by law or the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  all other
matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast,  without  regard to
abstentions or broker non-votes.


<PAGE>


Section 8.  Stock List.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders,
arranged in  alphabetical  order for each class of stock and showing the address
of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name,
shall  be open to the  examination  of any  such  stockholder,  for any  purpose
germane to the meeting,  during ordinary business hours for a period of at least
ten (10) days prior to the meeting,  either at a place within the city where the
meeting  is to be held,  which  place  shall be  specified  in the notice of the
meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

The stock list shall also be kept at the place of the  meeting  during the whole
time thereof and shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder who is
present.   This  list  shall   presumptively   determine  the  identity  of  the
stockholders  entitled  to vote at the  meeting and the number of shares held by
each of them.

Section 9.  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of  preferred  stock
of the  Corporation,  any  action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken  by the
stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting
of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  and may not be effected by any consent in
writing by such stockholders.


                        ARTICLE II - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                        -------------------------------

Section 1.  General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

The business and affairs of the corporation  shall be under the direction of its
Board of Directors. The number of Directors who shall constitute the Whole Board
shall be such  number as the  Board of  Directors  shall  from time to time have
designated,  except  that in the  absence of any such  designation,  such number
shall be ten (10). The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairman of the
Board from among its member who shall, when present, preside at its meetings.

The  Directors,  other than those who may be elected by the holders of any class
or series of  Preferred  Stock,  shall be divided,  with respect to the time for
which they severally hold office, into three classes, with the term of office of
the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders,  the term
of office of the second  class to expire at the annual  meeting of  stockholders
one year  thereafter  and the term of office of the third class to expire at the
annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter,  with each Director to hold
office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At
each annual meeting of  stockholder,  commencing  with the first annual meeting,
Directors  elected to succeed those  Directors  whose terms then expire shall be
elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of
stockholders  after their election,  with each Director to hold office until his
or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 2.  Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred  stock,
and  unless  the  Board  of  Directors  otherwise   determines,   newly  created
Directorships  resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors
or any vacancies in the Board of Directors  resulting  from death,  resignation,
retirement,  disqualification,  removal from office or other cause may be filled
only by a majority  vote of the  Directors  then in office,  though  less than a
quorum,  and  Directors so chosen  shall hold office for a term  expiring at the
annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which
they have been elected  expires and until such  Director's  successor shall have
been duly  elected  and  qualified.  No  decrease  in the  number of  authorized
Directors  constituting  the  Board  shall  shorten  the  term of any  incumbent
Director.


<PAGE>


Section 3.   Regular Meetings.

Regular  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors  shall  be held at such  place or
places,  on such  date or dates,  and at such  time or times as shall  have been
established  by the Board of Directors and  publicized  among all  Directors.  A
notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

Section 4.   Special Meetings.

Special  meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third  (1/3) of
the Directors then in office  (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the
Chairman of the Board and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such
time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each
such special  meeting  shall be given each  Director by whom it is not waived by
mailing  written  notice not less than five (5) days  before  the  meeting or by
telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile  transmission of the same not less than
twenty-four  (24) hours before the meeting.  Unless  otherwise  indicated in the
notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 5.   Quorum.

At any  meeting of the Board of  Directors,  a majority of the Whole Board shall
constitute  a quorum  for all  purposes.  If a quorum  shall  fail to attend any
meeting,  a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another  place,
date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

Section 6.   Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors,  or of any committee thereof, may participate
in a meeting of such Board or  committee  by means of  conference  telephone  or
similar communications  equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence
in person at such meeting.

Section 7.   Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  business  shall be transacted in such
order and manner as the Board may from time to time  determine,  and all matters
shall be determined by the vote of the majority of the Directors present, except
as  otherwise  provided  herein or required  by law.  Action may be taken by the
Board of Directors  without a meeting if all members  thereof consent thereto in
writing,  and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of  proceedings
of the Board of Directors.

Section 8.   Powers.

The Board of Directors may,  except as otherwise  required by law,  exercise all
such powers and do all such acts and things as may be  exercised  or done by the
Corporation,  including,  without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the
unqualified power:


<PAGE>


(1) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

(2) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property,  rights or privileges on such
terms as it shall determine;

(3) To  authorize  the  creation,  making and  issuance,  in such form as it may
determine,  of written  obligations of every kind,  negotiable or nonnegotiable,
secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

(4) To remove any Officer of the  Corporation  with or without  cause,  and from
time to time to devolve  the powers  and  duties of any  Officer  upon any other
person for the time being;

(5) To confer upon any Officer of the Corporation  the power to appoint,  remove
and suspend subordinate Officers, employees and agents;

(6) To adopt from time to time such  stock,  option,  stock  purchase,  bonus or
other  compensation plans for Directors,  Officers,  employees and agents of the
Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

(7) To adopt from time to time such  insurance,  retirement,  and other  benefit
plans for Directors,  Officers,  employees and agents of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries as it may determine; and,

(8) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws,
for the management of the Corporation's business and affairs.

Section 9.   Compensation of Directors.

Directors,  as  such,  may  receive,  pursuant  to  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors,  fixed fees and other  compensation  for their services as Directors,
including,  without  limitation,  their services as members of committees of the
Board of Directors.

                            ARTICLE III - COMMITTEES
                            ------------------------

Section 1.   Committees of the Board of Directors.

The Board of  Directors,  by a vote of a majority of the Whole  Board,  may from
time to time  designate  committees of the Board,  with such lawfully  delegable
powers and duties as it thereby  confers,  to serve at the pleasure of the Board
and shall,  for those  committees  and any others  provided for herein,  elect a
Director  or  Directors  to serve as the member or members,  designating,  if it
desires,  other  Directors  as  alternate  members who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee so designated
may  exercise  the power and  authority  of the Board of  Directors to declare a
dividend,  to  authorize  the  issuance  of stock or to adopt a  certificate  of
ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law  if  the  resolution  which  designates  the  committee  or  a  supplemental
resolution  of the  Board of  Directors  shall so  provide.  In the  absence  or
disqualification  of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his
or her place, the member or members of the committee  present at the meeting and
not  disqualified  from  voting,  whether or not he or she or they  constitute a
quorum,  may by unanimous vote appoint  another member of the Board of Directors
to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.


<PAGE>


Section 2.   Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its
business and shall act in  accordance  therewith,  except as otherwise  provided
herein or  required  by law.  Adequate  provisions  shall be made for  notice to
members of all  meetings;  one-third  (1/3) of the members  shall  constitute  a
quorum  unless the  committee  shall  consist of one (1) or two (2) members,  in
which event one (1) member shall  constitute a quorum;  and all matters shall be
determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any
committee  without a meeting if all members  thereof consent thereto in writing,
and the writing or writings  are filed with the  minutes of the  proceedings  of
such committee.

Section 3.   Nominating Committee.

The Board of  Directors  shall  appoint a  Nominating  Committee  of the  Board,
consisting  of three (3)  members,  one of which  shall be the  Chairman  of the
Board.  The  Nominating  Committee  shall  have  authority  (a)  to  review  any
nominations  for election to the Board of Directors made by a stockholder of the
Corporation  pursuant to section 6(c)(ii) of Article I of these By-Laws in order
to  determine  compliance  with such  By-laws and (b) to  recommend to the Whole
Board nominees for election to the Board of Directors to replace those Directors
whose terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders next ensuing.

                             ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS
                             ---------------------

Section 1.   Generally.

(a) The  Board of  Directors  as soon as may be  practicable  after  the  annual
meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one
or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Comptroller and from time to time may
choose such other Officers as it may deem proper.  The Chief  Executive  Officer
and the  President  shall be chosen  from  among the  Directors.  Any  number of
offices may be held by the same person.

(b) The term of office of all Officers  shall be until the next annual  election
of Officers and until their respective successors are chosen but any Officer may
be removed from office at any time by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the
authorized number of Directors then constituting the Board of Directors.

(c) All Officers  chosen by the Board of  Directors  shall each have such powers
and duties as  generally  pertain to their  respective  offices,  subject to the
specific  provisions  of this  Article  IV. Such  Officers  shall also have such
powers  and  duties  as from  time to time  may be  conferred  by the  Board  of
Directors or by any committee thereof.

Section 2.     Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief  Executive  Officer shall,  subject to the provisions of these By-Laws
and to the direction of the Board of Directors,  have the responsibility for the
general  management  and control of the business and affairs of the  Corporation
and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly  incident to
the office of Chief  executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board
of  Directors.  He or she  shall  have  power  to sign all  stock  certificates,
contracts and other  instruments  of the  Corporation  which are  authorized and
shall have  general  supervision  and  direction  of all of the other  Officers,
employees and agents of the Corporation.


<PAGE>


Section 3.   President.

The President shall have general  responsibility  for the management and control
of the operations of the  Corporation  and shall perform all duties and have all
powers  which are  commonly  incident  to the office of  President  or which are
delegated to him or her by the Board of  Directors.  Subject to the direction of
the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have
power to sign all stock  certificates,  contracts and other  instruments  of the
Corporation  which are authorized  and shall have general  supervision of all of
the other  Officers  (other than the Chief  Executive  Officer),  employees  and
agents of the Corporation.

Section 4.   Vice President.

The Vice President or Vice Presidents  shall perform the duties of the President
in his absence or during his disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents
shall  perform  the duties and  exercise  the powers  usually  incident to their
respective  office  and/or  such  other  duties  and  powers as may be  properly
assigned to them by the Board of  Directors,  the  Chairman of the Board and the
Chief  Executive  Officer or the President.  A Vice President or Vice Presidents
may be designated as Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President.

Section 5.  Secretary.

The Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary shall issue notices of meetings,  shall
keep their minutes, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall
perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident
to such offices  and/or such other  duties and powers as are  properly  assigned
thereto  by the  Board of  Directors,  the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  Chief
Executive Officer or the President.

Section 6.  Comptroller.

The Comptroller  shall be the Chief  Financial  Officer and the Treasurer of the
Corporation  and shall have the  responsibility  for  maintaining  the financial
records of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds
of the  Corporation  as are  authorized  and shall  render  from time to time an
account  of  all  such  transactions  and  of  the  financial  condition  of the
Corporation.  The Comptroller  shall also perform such other duties as the Board
of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 7.  Assistant Secretaries and Other Officers.

The Board of Directors may appoint one or more  Assistant  Secretaries  and such
other  Officers who shall have such powers and shall  perform such duties as are
provided  in  these  By-laws  or as may be  assigned  to  them by the  Board  of
Directors,  the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the Chief  Executive  Officer  or the
President.

Section 8.  Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.

Unless  otherwise  directed  by the Board of  Directors,  the  President  or any
Officer of the Corporation  authorized by the President shall have power to vote
and otherwise act on behalf of the  Corporation,  in person or by proxy,  at any
meeting of  stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any
other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to
exercise  any and all rights and powers  which this  Corporation  may possess by
reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.


<PAGE>


                               ARTICLE V - STOCK
                               -----------------

Section 1.  Certificate of Stock.

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of
the  Corporation  by, the  Chairman  of the Board or the  President,  and by the
Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary,  or any Treasurer or Assistant  Treasurer,
certifying  the  number  of  shares  owned  by  him  or  her.  Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

Section 2.  Transfer of Stock.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation
kept at an  office  of the  Corporation  or by  transfer  agents  designated  to
transfer shares of the stock of the  Corporation.  Except where a certificate is
issued  in  accordance  with  Section  4 of  Article  V  of  these  By-laws,  an
outstanding  certificate  for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered
for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

Section 3.  Record Date.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders  entitled to notice
of or to vote at any  meeting  of  stockholders,  or to  receive  payment of any
dividend or other  distribution  or  allotment  of any rights or to exercise any
rights in respect of any  change,  conversion  or  exchange  of stock or for the
purpose of any other  lawful  action,  the Board of  Directors  may fix a record
date,  which  record  date shall not  precede  the date on which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted  and which  record date shall not be more than
sixty  (60)  nor less  than ten (10)  days  before  the date of any  meeting  of
stockholders,  nor more than  sixty  (60) days  prior to the time for such other
action as hereinbefore described;  provided,  however, that if no record date is
fixed by the Board of Directors,  the Record date for  determining  stockholders
entitled  to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  stockholders  shall be at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or,
if notice is waived,  at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which the meeting is held,  and,  for  determining  stockholders  entitled to
received payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or
to  exercise  any rights of change,  conversion  or exchange of stock or for any
other purpose, the record date shall be at close of business on the day on which
the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

A determination  of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however,  that  the  Board  of  Directors  may  fix a new  record  date  for the
adjourned.

Section 4.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

In the event of the loss,  theft or  destruction  of any  certificate  of stock,
another may be issued in its place pursuant to such  regulations as the Board of
Directors may establish  concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and
concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

Section 5.  Regulations.

The issue, transfer,  conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall
be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.


<PAGE>


                              ARTICLE VI - NOTICES
                              --------------------

Section 1.  Notices.

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices
required to be given to any stockholder,  Director,  Officer,  employee or agent
shall be in  writing  and may in every  instance  be  effectively  given by hand
delivery  to the  recipient  thereof,  by  depositing  such notice in the mails,
postage paid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram or mailgram or other
courier.  Any such notice  shall be  addressed  to such  stockholder,  Director,
Officer,  employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears
on the books of the Corporation.  The time when such notice is received, if hand
delivered,  or  dispatched,  if  delivered  through  the mails or by telegram or
mailgram or other courier, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.

Section 2.  Waivers.

A written  waiver of any notice,  signed by a  stockholder,  Director,  Officer,
employee  or  agent,  whether  before  or after  the time of the event for which
notice is to be given,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the notice required to be
given to such stockholder,  Director,  Officer,  employee or agent.  Neither the
business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.


                          ARTICLE VII - MISCELLANEOUS
                          ---------------------------

Section 1.  Facsimile Signatures.

In  addition  to the  provisions  for  use  of  facsimile  signatures  elsewhere
specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any Officer or
Officers of the  Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board
of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 2.  Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable  seal,  containing the name of the
Corporation,  which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so
directed by the Board of Directors  or a committee  thereof,  duplicates  of the
seal may be kept and used by the Comptroller or by an Assistant  Secretary or an
assistant to the Comptroller.

Section 3.  Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each  Director,  each  member  of  any  committee  designated  by the  Board  of
Directors,  and each Officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his
or her  duties,  be fully  protected  in relying in good faith upon the books of
account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions,
reports or  statements  presented to the  Corporation  by any of its Officers or
employees,  or  committees  of the Board of Directors so  designated,  or by any
other person as to matters  which such Director or committee  member  reasonably
believes are within such other person's  professional  or expert  competence and
who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.


<PAGE>

Section 4.  Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.  Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these By-laws which requires that an act be done or
not be done a specified  number of days prior to an event or that an act be done
during a period of a specified  number of days prior to an event,  calendar days
shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of
the event shall be included.

                           ARTICLE VIII - AMENDMENTS
                           -------------------------

The Board of Directors  may amend,  alter or repeal these By-laws at any meeting
of the Board,  provided notice of the proposed change is given in a notice given
not less than two days prior to the meeting.  The  stockholders  shall also have
power to amend,  alter or repeal these  By-laws at any meeting of  Stockholders,
provided  notice of the proposed  change was given in the notice of the meeting;
provided,  however, that,  notwithstanding any other provisions of these By-laws
or any provision of law which might  otherwise  permit a lesser vote or no vote,
but in addition to any affirmative  vote of the holders of any particular  class
or series of the Voting Stock required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation,
any Preferred Stock  Designation or these By-laws,  the affirmative votes of the
holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all the  then-outstanding  shares
of the Voting Stock,  voting  together as a single  class,  shall be required to
alter, amend or repeal any provisions of these By-laws.



                            BANK EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

   This AGREEMENT is made  effective as of June 27, 1996 by and between  Jamaica
Savings Bank FSB (the  "Bank"),  a corporation  organized  under the laws of the
United  States,  with its principal  administrative  office at 303 Merrick Road,
Lynbrook,  New York 11563, and Lawrence J. Kane ("Executive").  Any reference to
"Holding  Company"  herein  shall  mean JSB  Financial,  Inc.  or any  successor
thereto.

     WHEREAS,  the Bank wishes to assure itself of the services of Executive for
the period provided in this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  Executive  is  willing  to serve in the  employ  of the Bank on a
full-time basis for said period.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained,
and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby
agree as follows:

1.   POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

     During the period of his employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as
Senior Vice President of the Bank. During said period,  Executive also agrees to
serve, if elected,  as an officer and director of any subsidiary or affiliate of
the Bank.  Failure to reelect  Executive  as Senior Vice  President  without the
consent of the Executive shall constitute a breach of this Agreement.

2.   TERMS AND DUTIES.

     (a) The period of  Executive's  employment  under this  Agreement  shall be
deemed to have  commenced as of the date first above written and shall  continue
for a period of thirty six (36) full calendar months  thereafter.  Commencing on
the first anniversary date of this Agreement, and continuing at each anniversary
date thereafter,  the Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the
remaining  term shall be three (3) years  unless  written  notice is provided to
Executive at least ten (10) days and not more than twenty (20) days prior to any
such anniversary date, that his employment shall cease at the end of twenty-four
(24) months following such anniversary  date. Prior to the written notice period
for  non-renewal,  the Board of Directors of the Bank  ("Board")  will conduct a
formal  performance  evaluation  of the  Executive  for purposes of  determining
whether to extend the  Agreement,  and the results  thereof shall be included in
the minutes of the Board's meeting.

     (b) During the period of his  employment  hereunder,  except for periods of
absence  occasioned by illness,  reasonable  vacation  periods,  and  reasonable
leaves of absence,  Executive shall devote  substantially all his business time,
attention,  skill,  and  efforts  to the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties
hereunder  including  activities  and  services  related  to  the  organization,
operation and management of the Bank; provided, however, that, with the approval
of the Board,  as evidenced by a  resolution  of such Board,  from time to time,
Executive  may serve,  or continue to serve,  on the boards of directors of, and
hold any other offices or positions in,  companies or  organizations,  which, in
such Board's judgment,  will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank,
or materially  affect the  performance  of Executive's  duties  pursuant to this
Agreement.

<PAGE>

3.   COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

     (a) The  compensation  specified under this Agreement shall  constitute the
salary and  benefits  paid for the duties  described in Section  2(b).  The Bank
shall pay Executive as  compensation  a salary of not less than $93,000 per year
("Base Salary").  Such Base Salary shall be payable biweekly.  During the period
of this Agreement,  Executive's Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually;
the first such review will be made no later than December 31, 1996.  Such review
shall be conducted  by a Committee  designated  by the Board,  and the Board may
increase  Executive's  Base Salary.  In addition to the Base Salary  provided in
this Section 3(a), the Bank shall provide Executive at no cost to Executive with
all such  other  benefits  as are  provided  uniformly  to  permanent  full-time
employees of the Bank.

     (b)  The  Bank  will  provide  Executive  with  employment  benefit  plans,
arrangements  and  perquisites   substantially  equivalent  to  those  in  which
Executive was participating or otherwise deriving benefit from immediately prior
to the beginning of the term of this Agreement,  and the Bank will not,  without
Executive's prior written consent, make any changes in such plans,  arrangements
or  perquisites  which would  adversely  affect  Executive's  rights or benefits
thereunder.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this
Subsection (b), Executive will be entitled to participate in or receive benefits
under any employee benefit plans including but not limited to, retirement plans,
supplemental   retirement   plans,   pension   plans,    profit-sharing   plans,
health-and-accident plan, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or
arrangement  made  available by the Bank in the future to its senior  executives
and key  management  employees,  subject to and on a basis  consistent  with the
terms,  conditions and overall  administration  of such plans and  arrangements.
Executive will be entitled to incentive  compensation and bonuses as provided in
any plan of the Bank in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid
to the Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu
of other compensation to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

     (c) In addition to the Base Salary  provided for by  paragraph  (a) of this
Section 3, the Bank shall pay or reimburse  Executive for all reasonable  travel
and other reasonable  expenses incurred by Executive  performing his obligations
under this Agreement and may provide such  additional  compensation in such form
and such amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.

4. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.

     The  provisions  of this  Section  shall in all  respects be subject to the
terms and conditions stated in Sections 8 and 16.

     (a) Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Termination  (as herein  defined)
during the Executive's term of employment  under this Agreement,  the provisions
of  this  Section  shall  apply.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  an  "Event  of
Termination"  shall mean and include any one or more of the  following:  (i) the
termination  by the  Bank  or  the  Holding  Company  of  Executive's  full-time
employment  hereunder for any reason other than a Change in Control,  as defined
in  Section  5(a)  hereof or for Cause,  as  defined  in Section 8 hereof;  (ii)
Executive's resignation from the Bank's employ, upon any (A) failure to elect or
reelect or to appoint or  reappoint  Executive  as Senior  Vice  President,  (B)
material change in Executive's  function,  duties,  or  responsibilities,  which
change would cause Executive's position to become one of lesser  responsibility,
importance,  or scope from the  position  and  attributes  thereof  described in
Section 1, above,  (and any such  material  change  shall be deemed a continuing
breach of this  Agreement),  (C) a relocation of Executive's  principal place of
employment by more than 30 miles from its location at the effective date of this

<PAGE>

Agreement,  or a material  reduction  in the  benefits  and  perquisites  to the
Executive from those being provided as of the effective date of this  Agreement,
(D) liquidation or dissolution of the Bank or Holding Company,  or (E) breach of
this  Agreement  by the Bank.  Upon the  occurrence  of any event  described  in
clauses (A),  (B),  (C), (D) or (E),  above,  Executive  shall have the right to
elect to terminate his employment  under this Agreement by resignation  upon not
less than sixty (60) days prior written notice given within a reasonable  period
of time not to exceed,  except in case of a  continuing  breach,  four  calendar
months after the event giving rise to said right to elect.

     (b)  Upon  the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Termination,  on the  Date of
Termination,  as defined in Section 9, the Bank shall pay Executive,  or, in the
event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries,  or his estate,
as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a sum equal
to the greater of the payments due for the  remaining  term of the  Agreement or
three (3) times the average of the three preceding years' Base Salary, including
bonuses and any other cash compensation paid to the Executive during such years,
and the amount of any benefits  received pursuant to any employee benefit plans,
on behalf of the  Executive,  maintained  by the Bank during such years.  At the
election of the Executive,  which election is to be made within thirty (30) days
of an Event of  Termination,  such payments  shall be made in a lump sum or paid
monthly  during the remaining  term of the Agreement  following the  Executive's
termination.  In the event that no  election is made,  payment to the  Executive
will be made on a monthly basis during the remaining term of the Agreement. Such
payments  shall  not be  reduced  in  the  event  the  Executive  obtains  other
employment following termination of employment.

     (c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination,  the Bank will cause to
be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and  disability  coverage  substantially
identical  to the coverage  maintained  by the Bank for  Executive  prior to his
termination. Such coverage shall cease upon the expiration of the remaining term
of this Agreement.

     (d) In the event that the Executive is receiving  monthly payments pursuant
to Section 4(b) hereof,  on an annual  basis,  thereafter,  between the dates of
January 1 and January 31 of each year, Executive shall elect whether the balance
of the amount  payable  under the Agreement at that time shall be paid in a lump
sum or on a prorata basis.  Such election shall be irrevocable  for the year for
which such election is made.

5.   CHANGE IN CONTROL.

     (a) No benefit  shall be payable  under this  Section 5 unless  there shall
have been a Change  in  Control  of the Bank or  Holding  Company,  as set forth
below.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of the Bank or
Holding  Company shall mean an event of a nature that;  (i) would be required to
be  reported  in  response  to Item 1 of the  current  report on Form 8-K, as in
effect on the date  hereof,  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934  (the  "Exchange  Act");  or (ii)  results  in a Change of
Control of the Bank or the Holding Company within the meaning of the Home Owners
Loan Act of 1933 and the  Rules and  Regulations  promulgated  by the  Office of
Thrift Supervision (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof;
or (iii)  without  limitation  such a Change in Control  shall be deemed to have
occurred at such time as (a) any "person" (as the term is used in Sections 13(d)
and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the "beneficial  owner" (as defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly,  of securities of
the Bank or the Holding  Company  representing  20% or more of the Bank's or the
Holding Company's  outstanding  securities except for any securities of the Bank
purchased by the Holding  Company in connection  with the conversion of the Bank

<PAGE>

to the stock form and any  securities  purchased  by the Bank's  employee  stock
ownership  plan and trust;  or (b)  individuals  who constitute the Board on the
date hereof (the "Incumbent  Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least
a majority thereof,  provided that any person becoming a director  subsequent to
the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters
of the  directors  comprising  the  Incumbent  Board,  or whose  nomination  for
election  by the  Holding  Company's  stockholders  was  approved  by  the  same
Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of
this clause (b),  considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent  Board;
or (c) a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of
the Bank or the Holding  Company in which the Bank or Holding Company is not the
resulting  entity  occurs;  or (d) a proxy  statement  soliciting  proxies  from
stockholders  of  the  Holding  Company,  by  someone  other  than  the  current
management of the Holding  Company,  seeking  stockholder  approval of a Plan of
Reorganization,  merger or consolidation of the Holding Company or Bank with one
or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of
securities  then subject to the Plan are exchanged for or converted into cash or
property or  securities  not issued by the Bank or the Holding  Company shall be
distributed;  or (e) a  tender  offer  is made  for  20% or  more of the  voting
securities of the Bank or Holding Company.

     (b) If any of the events  described in Section 5(a) hereof  constituting  a
Change in Control  have  occurred or the Board has  determined  that a Change in
Control has occurred,  Executive  shall be entitled to the benefits  provided in
paragraphs (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) of this Section 5 upon his subsequent
termination  of  employment  at any  time  during  the  term of  this  Agreement
(regardless  of whether such  termination  results from his  resignation  or his
dismissal),  unless such  termination is because of his death,  termination  for
Cause or termination for Disability. Upon the Change in Control, Executive shall
have the right to elect to terminate his  employment  with the Bank at any time,
for any reason, during the term of this Agreement.

     (c) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control  followed by the Executive's
termination of employment,  the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of his
subsequent death, his beneficiary or  beneficiaries,  or his estate, as the case
may be, as  severance  pay or  liquidated  damages,  or both, a sum equal to the
greater of the payments due for the remaining term of the Agreement or three (3)
times the average of the three preceding years' Base Salary,  including  bonuses
and any other cash compensation paid to the Executive during such years, and the
amount of any contributions made to any employee benefit plans, on behalf of the
Executive,  maintained  by the Bank during such  years.  At the  election of the
Executive,  which  election is to be made within thirty (30) days of the Date of
Termination  following a Change in Control,  such  payment may be made in a lump
sum or paid in equal  monthly  installments  during the  thirty-six  (36) months
following the  Executive's  termination.  In the event that no election is made,
payment to the  Executive  will be made on a monthly  basis during the remaining
term of the Agreement.

     (d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control  followed by the Executive's
termination of employment,  the Bank will cause to be continued  life,  medical,
dental  and  disability  coverage   substantially   identical  to  the  coverage
maintained by the Bank for Executive  prior to his severance.  Such coverage and
payments shall cease upon the expiration of thirty-six (36) months.

     (e) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control,  Executive will be entitled
to any benefits  granted to him pursuant to any Stock Option Plan of the Bank or
Holding Company.

<PAGE>

     (f) Upon the  occurrence  of a Change  in  Control  the  Executive  will be
entitled  to any  benefits  awarded  to him under  the  Bank's  Recognition  and
Retention Plan arising from a Change in Control.

     (g) In the event that the Executive is receiving  monthly payments pursuant
to Section 5(c) hereof,  on an annual  basis,  thereafter,  between the dates of
January 1 and January 31 of each year, Executive shall elect whether the balance
of the amount  payable  under the Agreement at that time shall be paid in a lump
sum or on a prorata basis.  Such election shall be irrevocable  for the year for
which such election is made.

     (h)  Notwithstanding  the  preceding  paragraphs  of this Section 5, in the
event that:

     (i)  the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive
          under said paragraphs (the "Termination  Benefits") would be deemed to
          include an "excess  parachute  payment" under Section 280G of the Code
          or any successor thereto, and

     (ii) if  such   Termination   Benefits  were  reduced  to  an  amount  (the
          "Non-Triggering  Amount"),  the value of which is one  dollar  ($1.00)
          less  than an  amount  equal  to three  (3)  times  Executive's  "base
          amount",  as determined in accordance  with said Section 280G, and the
          Non-Triggering Amount would be greater than the aggregate value of the
          Termination  Benefits (without such reduction) minus the amount of tax
          required to be paid by Executive  thereon by Section 4999 of the Code,
          then the Termination  Benefits shall be reduced to the  Non-Triggering
          Amount.  The  allocation  of the reduction  required  hereby among the
          Termination  Benefits  provided by the  preceding  paragraphs  of this
          Section 5 shall be determined by the Executive.

6.   TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY.

     (a) If, as a result of  Executive's  incapacity  due to  physical or mental
illness,  he shall have been absent from his duties with the Bank on a full-time
basis for twelve  (12)  consecutive  months,  and within  thirty (30) days after
written  notice of potential  termination is given he shall not have returned to
the full-time  performance  of his duties,  the Bank or the Holding  Company may
terminate Executive's employment for "Disability".

     (b) The Bank will pay  Executive,  as  disability  pay, a biweekly  payment
equal to three-quarters (3/4) of Executive's biweekly rate of Base Salary on the
effective date of such termination.  These disability payments shall commence on
the effective date of Executive's termination and will end on the earlier of (i)
the date Executive  returns to the full-time  employment of the Bank in the same
capacity as he was employed prior to his termination for Disability and pursuant
to an employment  agreement  between  Executive and the Bank;  (ii)  Executive's
full-time  employment by another employer;  (iii) Executive attaining the normal
age of retirement or receiving  benefits under the Bank's Defined  Benefit Plan;
(iv) Executive's death; or (v) Executive's eligibility to collect payments under
the disability provision of the Defined Benefit Plan.  Notwithstanding any other
provision  to the  contrary,  the Bank may apply any  proceeds  from  disability
income  insurance  for  Executive  which  was paid  for by the  Bank as  partial
satisfaction of its obligation under this Section.


<PAGE>

     (c)  The  Bank  will  cause  to be  continued  life,  medical,  dental  and
disability  coverage  substantially  identical to the coverage maintained by the
Bank for Executive prior to his termination for Disability.  This coverage shall
cease  upon the  earlier  of (i) the date  Executive  returns  to the  full-time
employment  of the Bank,  in the same  capacity as he was employed  prior to his
termination  for  Disability  and pursuant to an  employment  agreement  between
Executive  and the  Bank;  (ii)  Executive's  full-time  employment  by  another
employer;  (iii) Executive's attaining the normal age of retirement or receiving
benefits under the Bank's Defined Benefit Plan;  (iv) the Executive's  death; or
(v) the  Executive's  eligibility  to  collect  payments  under  the  disability
provision of the Defined Benefit Plan.

     (d)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  there  will be no  reduction  in the
compensation  otherwise  payable to  Executive  during any period  during  which
Executive is incapable of performing his duties hereunder by reason of temporary
disability.

7.   TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.

     Termination by the Bank of the Executive based on  "Retirement"  shall mean
termination  in accordance  with the Bank's  retirement  policy or in accordance
with any  retirement  arrangement  established  with  Executive's  consent  with
respect to him. Upon termination of Executive upon  Retirement,  Executive shall
be  entitled to all  benefits  under any  retirement  plan of the Bank and other
plans to which Executive is a party.

8.   TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

     The term  "Termination  for Cause"  shall mean  termination  because of the
Executive's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule or  regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar  offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material
breach of any provision of this Agreement. In determining incompetence, the acts
or omissions shall be measured  against  standards  generally  prevailing in the
savings institutions  industry.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Executive shall
not be deemed to have been  Terminated  for Cause  unless and until  there shall
have  been  delivered  to  him a  copy  of a  resolution  duly  adopted  by  the
affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the members of the Board at a
meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after  reasonable  notice
to Executive and an  opportunity  for him,  together  with counsel,  to be heard
before  the  Board),  finding  that in the  good  faith  opinion  of the  Board,
Executive was guilty of conduct justifying  Termination for Cause and specifying
the  particulars  thereof in detail.  The Executive  shall not have the right to
receive  compensation  or other  benefits for any period after  Termination  for
Cause. Any stock options granted to Executive under any stock option plan of the
Bank, the Holding Company or any subsidiary or affiliate  thereof,  shall become
null and void effective upon  Executive's  receipt of Notice of Termination  for
Cause pursuant to Section 9 hereof, and shall not be exercisable by Executive at
any time subsequent to such Termination for Cause.

9.   NOTICE.

     (a)  Any  purported  termination  by the  Bank  or by  Executive  shall  be
communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of
this  Agreement,  a "Notice of  Termination"  shall mean a written  notice which
shall indicate the specific termination  provision in this Agreement relied upon
and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances  claimed to
provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.

<PAGE>

     (b) "Date of  Termination"  shall  mean (A) if  Executive's  employment  is
terminated  for  Disability,  thirty (30) days after a Notice of  Termination is
given (provided that he shall not have returned to the performance of his duties
on a  full-time  basis  during  such  thirty  (30) day  period),  and (B) if his
employment is terminated for any other reason,  the date specified in the Notice
of Termination (which, in the case of a Termination for Cause, shall not be less
than thirty (30) days from the date such Notice of Termination is given.)
     (c) If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of  Termination  is given,
the party  receiving such Notice of Termination  notifies the other party that a
dispute  exists  concerning  the  termination,  except upon the  occurrence of a
Change  in  Control  in which  case the  date of  termination  shall be the date
specified in the Notice,  the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the
dispute  is  finally  determined,  either by  mutual  written  agreement  of the
parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree
of a court of  competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  there from  having
expired and no appeal having been perfected) and provided  further that the Date
of  Termination  shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is
given in good faith and the party giving such notice  pursues the  resolution of
such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such
dispute, the Bank will continue to pay Executive his full compensation in effect
when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited
to, Base Salary) and continue him as a participant in all compensation,  benefit
and insurance plans in which he was participating when the notice of dispute was
given,  until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement.
Amounts paid under this  Section are in addition to all other  amounts due under
this  Agreement and shall not be offset  against or reduce any other amounts due
under this Agreement.

<PAGE>

10. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

     (a) All payments and benefits to Executive  under this  Agreement  shall be
subject to Executive's  compliance  with paragraph (b) of this Section 10 during
the term of this  Agreement  and for one (1) full year after the  expiration  or
termination hereof.

     (b) Executive shall, upon reasonable  notice,  furnish such information and
assistance  to the Bank as may  reasonably be required by the Bank in connection
with any litigation in which it or any of its  subsidiaries or affiliates is, or
may become, a party.

11. NON-DISCLOSURE.

     Executive  recognizes and  acknowledges  that the knowledge of the business
activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and affiliates thereof,
as it may exist from time to time,  is a valuable,  special and unique  asset of
the business of the Bank.  Executive  will not,  during or after the term of his
employment,  disclose any knowledge of the past, present,  planned or considered
business  activities  of the Bank or  affiliates  thereof to any  person,  firm,
corporation,   or  other   entity  for  any   reason  or   purpose   whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking,
financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and
exclusively  derived from the business  plans and activities of the Bank. In the
event of a breach or  threatened  breach by the  Executive of the  provisions of
this  Section  11,  the  Bank  will be  entitled  to an  injunction  restraining
Executive  from  disclosing,  in whole or in part,  the  knowledge  of the past,
present,  planned or  considered  business  activities of the Bank or affiliates
thereof, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation,  other
entity to whom such  knowledge,  in whole or in part,  has been  disclosed or is
threatened to be disclosed.  Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the
Bank from pursuing any other  remedies  available to the Bank for such breach or
threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

12.  SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

     All  payments  provided in this  Agreement  shall be timely paid in cash or
check  from the  general  funds  of the  Bank.  The  Holding  Company,  however,
guarantees  payment and  provision of all amounts and benefits due  hereunder to
Executive  and, if such  amounts and  benefits  due from the Bank are not timely
paid or  provided  by the  Bank,  such  amounts  and  benefits  shall be paid or
provided by the Holding  Company.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  to the
contrary,  the Bank may apply any proceeds from disability  income insurance for
Executive  which  was  paid  for by the  Bank  as  partial  satisfaction  of its
obligation under Section 6(b).

13. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

     This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto
and  supersedes  any  prior  employment   agreement  between  the  Bank  or  any
predecessor  of the Bank and  Executive,  except that this  Agreement  shall not
affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to the Executive
of  a  kind  elsewhere  provided.  No  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  be
interpreted to mean that  Executive is subject to receiving  fewer benefits than
those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

14.  NO ATTACHMENT.

     (a) Except as  required  by law,  no right to receive  payments  under this
Agreement  shall be  subject to  anticipation,  commutation,  alienation,  sale,
assignment,  encumbrance,  charge,  pledge, or  hypothecation,  or to execution,
attachment,  levy or similar  process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  to affect any such action  shall be null,
void, and of no effect.

     (b) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon,  and inure to the  benefit of,
Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

15.  MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

     (a) This  Agreement may not be modified or amended  except by an instrument
in writing signed by the parties hereto.

     (b) No term or  condition  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been
waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision
of this Agreement,  except by written  instrument of the party charged with such
waiver or estoppel.  No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing  waiver
unless specifically  stated therein,  and each such waiver shall operate only as
to the specific  term or condition  waived and shall not  constitute a waiver of
such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically
waived.

<PAGE>

16.  REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

     (a) The Bank may terminate the Executive's  employment at any time, but any
termination by the Bank, other than  Termination for Cause,  shall not prejudice
Executive's  right to  compensation  or other  benefits  under  this  Agreement.
Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for
any period after Termination for Cause as defined in Section 8 hereinabove.

     (b) If the Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under
Section  8(e)(3)  (12 USC  1818(e)(3))  or 8(g) (12 USC  1818(g)) of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery
and Enforcement Act of 1989, the Bank's obligations under this contract shall be
suspended as of the date of service,  unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.
If the charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its discretion (i)
pay the Executive all or part of the compensation  withheld while their contract
obligations  were  suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the
obligations which were suspended.

     (c)  If  the  Executive  is  removed  and/or  permanently  prohibited  from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Section 8(e) (12 USC  1818(e)) or 8(g) (12 USC  1818(g)) of the Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Act, as amended by the Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery and
Enforcement  Act of 1989, all  obligations of the Bank under this contract shall
terminate  as of the  effective  date of the  order,  but  vested  rights of the
contracting parties shall not be affected.

     (d) If the Bank is in default as  defined in Section  3(x) (12 USC  1813(x)
(1))  of the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Financial
Institutions  Reform,  Recovery and  Enforcement Act of 1989, all obligations of
the Bank under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this
paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

     (e) All  obligations  of the Bank under this contract  shall be terminated,
except to the extent  determined that  continuation of the contract is necessary
for the  continued  operation  of the  institution,  (i) by the Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation,  at the time FDIC  enters into an  agreement  to provide
assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority  contained in Section
13(c) (12 USC 1823(c)) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act, as amended by the
Financial  Institutions Reform,  Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 or (ii) by
the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")  at the time the OTS or its  District
Director  approves  a  supervisory  merger to  resolve  problems  related to the
operations  of the Bank or when the Bank is  determined by the OTS or FDIC to be
in an unsafe or unsound  condition.  Any rights of the parties that have already
vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

17.  SEVERABILITY.

     If, for any reason,  any  provision of this  Agreement,  or any part of any
provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision
of this  Agreement or any part of such  provision not held so invalid,  and each
such other  provision and part thereof shall to the full extent  consistent with
law continue in full force and effect.

18.  HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

     The headings of sections  and  paragraphs  herein are  included  solely for
convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or  interpretation of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

19.  GOVERNING LAW.

     This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York but
only to the extent not superseded by Federal law.

20.  ARBITRATION.

     Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under or in  connection  with  this
Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by  arbitration in accordance  with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association then in effect.  Judgment may be
entered on the arbitrator's  award in any court having  jurisdiction;  provided,
however,  that Executive  shall be entitled to seek specific  performance of his
right to be paid  until  the Date of  Termination  during  the  pendency  of any
dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

21.  PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

     All  reasonable  legal fees paid or incurred by  Executive  pursuant to any
dispute or question of  interpretation  relating to this Agreement shall be paid
or reimbursed by the Bank.

22.  INDEMNIFICATION.

     The Bank  shall  provide  Executive  (including  his heirs,  executors  and
administrators)   with  coverage  under  a  standard  directors'  and  officers'
liability insurance policy at its expense,  or in lieu thereof,  shall indemnify
Executive (and his heirs,  executors and  administrators)  to the fullest extent
permitted  under  Federal law against all  expenses and  liabilities  reasonably
incurred  by him in  connection  with  or  arising  out of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  in which he may be  involved by reason of his having been a director
or officer of the Bank  (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer
at the time of  incurring  such  expenses or  liabilities),  such  expenses  and
liabilities  to  include,  but not be limited  to,  judgments,  court  costs and
attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable  settlements,  such settlements to be
approved  by the Board of  Directors  of the  Bank,  if such  action is  brought
against  Executive  in his  capacity  as an  officer  or  director  of the Bank,
however,  shall not extend to matters as to which Executive is finally  adjudged
to be liable for willful misconduct in the performance of his duties.

23.  SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK.

     The Bank  shall  require  any  successor  or  assignee,  whether  direct or
indirect,  by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise,   to  all  or
substantially  all the  business or assets of the Bank or the  Holding  Company,
expressly  and  unconditionally  to  assume  and  agree to  perform  the  Bank's
obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that
the Bank would be required to perform if no such  succession or  assignment  had
taken place.

<PAGE>

24.  SIGNATURES.

   IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Bank and the  Holding  Company  have  caused  this
Agreement  to be  executed  and its seal to be  affixed  hereunto  by their duly
authorized  officers and Executive  has signed this  Agreement on the 9th day of
July, 1996.


ATTEST:                                        JAMAICA SAVINGS BANK FSB


Joanne Corrigan                                BY: Edward P. Henson       
- ------------------------                       ---------------------------
Joanne Corrigan                                    Edward P. Henson
Secretary                                          President


SEAL

ATTEST:                                        JSB FINANCIAL, INC.


Joanne Corrigan                                BY: Edward P. Henson        
- ------------------------                       ----------------------------
Joanne Corrigan                                    Edward P. Henson
Secretary                                          President


SEAL

WITNESS:

John J. Conroy                                     Lawrence J. Kane            
- ------------------------                           ------------------------
John J. Conroy                                     Lawrence J. Kane
Senior Vice President                              Senior Vice President


                                                          PART 1:  EXHIBIT 11.01

<TABLE>
                      JSB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                 STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
               (Unaudited, In Thousands, except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>

                                                               Year Ended          Three Months Ended
                                                              December 31,            December 31,
                                                              ------------            ------------
                                                            1997        1996        1997        1996
                                                            ----        ----        ----        ----


<S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Basic earnings per share:
- -------------------------

Basic weighted average common shares*                       9,858      10,062       9,912       9,776

Net Income                                                $37,090     $26,725     $14,979      $7,287

Basic earnings per common share*                            $3.76       $2.66      $ 1.51       $ .75



Diluted earnings per share:
- ---------------------------

Weighted average common and dilutive potential shares*     10,190      10,436      10,243      10,139

Net Income                                                $37,090     $26,725     $14,979      $7,287

Diluted earnings per common share*                          $3.64       $2.56       $1.46       $ .72


<FN>

* Earnings per share for 1996 have been restated, as required,  for the adoption
of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 128.
</FN>
</TABLE>



Selected Financial Data
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

<TABLE>
Set forth below are selected  consolidated  financial data of the Company.  This
financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction  with,
the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.
<CAPTION>


Selected Financial Condition Data:
At December 31,                      1997        1996        1995        1994         1993
- ---------------                      ----        ----        ----        ----         ----
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>       
Total assets                      $1,535,031  $1,516,016  $1,548,301  $1,565,095  $1,635,870
Securities held-to-maturity/held-
  for-investment, net                352,967     460,509     592,060     728,630     859,909
Loans receivable, net                999,745     854,774     768,245     711,295     668,376
Deposits                           1,121,203   1,144,393   1,163,446   1,204,424   1,273,917
Employee Stock Ownership
 Plan (ESOP) obligation                 -           -           -           -          1,045
Retained income                      311,436     289,588     276,317     266,361     251,959
Total stockholders' equity           367,514     335,299     340,107     327,634     325,207

Selected Operating Data:
Years Ended December 31,             1997        1996        1995        1994         1993
- ------------------------             ----        ----        ----        ----         ----

Interest income                   $  107,742  $  107,611  $  107,726  $  103,027   $ 108,205
Interest expense                      39,874      40,217      40,707      36,619      39,740
                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------   ---------
Net interest income                   67,868      67,394      67,019      66,408      68,465
Provision for possible
 loan losses                             648         640         636         608         600
(Recovery of) provision for
 possible other credit losses           -         (2,040)      2,040         -          -
                                  ----------   ---------  ----------  ----------   ---------
Net interest income after
 provision for possible
 credit losses                        67,220      68,794      64,343      65,800      67,865
Non-interest income                   21,929       5,081       3,995       6,752       2,239
Non-interest expense                  27,434      27,598      29,561      30,937      33,657
                                  ----------  ----------   ---------  ----------   ---------
Income before provision for
 income taxes and cumulative
 effect of accounting changes         61,715      46,277      38,777      41,615      36,447
Provision for income taxes            24,625      19,552      16,603      18,018      15,798
                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------   ---------
Income before cumulative effect
 of accounting changes                37,090      26,725      22,174      23,597      20,649
Cumulative effect of accounting
 changes, net                          _-___        -           -           -          7,688
                                  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------    --------
     Net income                   $   37,090  $   26,725  $   22,174  $   23,597    $ 28,337
                                  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========    ========


Basic earnings per common share
 before cumulative effect of
 accounting changes                    $3.76       $2.66       $2.09       $2.13       $1.65
Cumulative effect of accounting
 changes, net                            -__         -           -           -           .62
                                       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Basic earnings per common share        $3.76       $2.66       $2.09       $2.13       $2.27
                                       =====       =====       =====       =====       =====

Diluted earnings per common share
 before cumulative effect of
 accounting changes                    $3.64       $2.56       $2.01       $2.04       $1.58
Cumulative effect of accounting
 changes, net                            -__         -           -           -           .59
                                       -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Diluted earnings per common share      $3.64       $2.56       $2.01       $2.04       $2.17
                                       =====       =====       =====       =====       =====


Cash dividends per common share        $1.40       $1.20       $1.00       $ .72       $ .60
                                       =====       =====       =====       =====       =====
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Quarterly Results
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts and Yields)
<CAPTION>



                                                            1997 Quarter Ended
                                                            ------------------
                                          March 31,    June 30,    September 30,   December 31,
                                          ---------    --------    -------------   ------------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>    
Interest income                             $26,683     $26,993         $26,796        $27,270
Interest expense                              9,738       9,932          10,094         10,110
                                            -------     -------         -------        -------
Net interest income                          16,945      17,061          16,702         17,160
Provision for possible loan losses              160         161             162            165
                                            -------     -------         -------        -------
Net interest income after provision
 for possible loan losses                    16,785      16,900          16,540         16,995
Non-interest income                           1,114       1,536           4,513         14,766
Non-interest expense                          6,884       6,751           7,063          6,736
                                            -------     -------         -------        -------
Income before provision for income taxes     11,015      11,685          13,990         25,025
Provision for income taxes                    4,567       4,576           5,436         10,046
                                            -------     -------         -------        -------
Net income                                  $ 6,448     $ 7,109         $ 8,554        $14,979
                                            =======     =======         =======        =======
Basic earnings per common share               $ .66       $ .72           $ .87          $1.51 
                                              =====       =====           =====         ======
Diluted earnings per common share             $ .63       $ .70           $ .84          $1.46
                                              =====       =====           =====          =====

Stock prices, Dividends and Yields:
      High                                   $44.00      $47.00          $49.69         $50.63
      Low                                    $36.00      $40.00          $39.75         $46.31
      Close                                  $42.50      $43.25          $48.94         $50.06
      Cash dividends per common share        $  .35      $  .35          $  .35         $  .35
      Dividend yield1                          3.50%       3.22%           3.13%         2.89%



                                                          1996 Quarter Ended
                                                          ------------------
                                           March 31,    June 30,   September 30,   December 31,
                                           ---------    --------   -------------   ------------
Interest income                             $26,905     $26,958         $26,948        $26,800
Interest expense                             10,147      10,041          10,060          9,969
                                            -------     -------        --------        -------
Net interest income                          16,758      16,917          16,888         16,831
Provision for possible loan losses              161         160             160            159
Recovery of possible other credit losses       -           -               -            (2,040)
                                            -------     -------         -------        -------
Net interest income after provision
 for possible credit losses                  16,597      16,757          16,728         18,712
Non-interest income                           1,215       1,135           1,646          1,085
Non-interest expense                          7,266       6,062           6,965          7,305
                                            -------     -------         -------        -------
Income before provision for income taxes     10,546      11,830          11,409         12,492
Provision for income taxes                    4,468       5,032           4,847          5,205
                                            -------     -------         -------        -------
Net income                                  $ 6,078     $ 6,798         $ 6,562        $ 7,287
                                            =======     =======         =======        =======
Basic earnings per common share               $ .58       $ .66           $ .67          $ .75
                                              =====       =====           =====          =====
Diluted earnings per common share             $ .56       $ .64           $ .65          $ .72
                                              =====       =====           =====          =====


Stock prices, Dividends and Yields:
      High                                   $34.00      $35.00          $37.13         $38.38
      Low                                    $31.50      $32.25          $32.75         $35.63
      Close                                  $33.63      $33.13          $36.13         $38.00
      Cash dividends per common share        $  .30      $  .30          $  .30         $  .30
      Dividend yield1                          3.66%       3.57%           3.43%         3.24%
<FN>

 1  Dividend yield is calculated by annualizing the quarterly dividend per share
    and dividing by an average of the high and low price for the quarter.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General
- -------

     1997 marked the seventh full year of operations for JSB Financial,  Inc. as
a publicly held company. Net income for the year was $37.1 million, or $3.64 per
diluted share. The Company paid cash dividends on its common stock which totaled
$1.40 per share, or 38.5% of diluted earnings per common share.

     The Company's results of operations are most significantly  affected by the
results of operations of its wholly owned subsidiary,  Jamaica Savings Bank. The
Bank's  results of operations are affected by general  economic and  competitive
conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, as well as government
policies and actions of  regulatory  authorities.  The Bank's core  earnings are
provided by its net interest income.  The operating results of the Bank are also
affected, generally to a lesser extent, by the amount of its non-interest income
and non-interest expense.  Items comprising  non-interest income are, results of
real estate  operations,  gains or losses on the sale of equity  securities,  if
any,  loan  servicing  income and various other items  comprising  miscellaneous
income. The principal non-interest expense of the Bank includes compensation and
employee  benefits,   occupancy  costs  and  other  general  and  administrative
expenses.

Asset/Liability Management
- --------------------------

     Management  aims at maintaining a stable net interest margin and minimizing
the effects of market interest rate  fluctuations on net interest income through
its  asset/liability  structure.  Rates offered on interest bearing deposits are
established  to  influence  changes in levels of deposits.  Assets  increased by
$19.0 million,  or 1.3%, to $1.535  billion  during 1997,  compared to assets of
$1.516  billion at December  31,  1996,  while  liabilities  decreased  by $13.2
million,  or 1.1%, to $1.168  billion from $1.181  billion over the same period.
The Company maintains asset quality through its investment and loan underwriting
policies.

     At December 31, 1997,  net mortgage loans were $970.7  million,  comprising
63.2% of  total  assets,  investments  in U.S.  Government  and  federal  agency
securities  were $244.9  million and  investments  in CMOs were $104.0  million,
representing  16.0% and 6.8% of total  assets,  respectively.  During 1997,  all
investments  in  U.S.  Government  and  federal  agency  securities,  CMOs,  and
mortgage-backed  securities (MBS), were designated  held-to-maturity and carried
at  amortized  cost.  Unrealized  gains and losses in these  portfolios  are not
expected  to impact  future  results  of  operations,  as these  securities  are
intended to be held until maturity.  Marketable equity securities are designated
as available-for-sale and carried at estimated fair value. At December 31, 1997,
these securities, which had a cost basis of $10.9 million, were carried at their
aggregated  fair  value  of  $62.2  million.  Unrealized  gains  and  losses  on
available-for-sale  securities  are excluded from earnings and reported as a net
amount in a separate component of stockholders' equity until realized.


<PAGE>

     During 1997,  investments in CMOs decreased,  as payments of $106.5 million
were received from  maturities and  amortization  and purchases of $55.0 million
were made. All of the Bank's CMOs are First Tranche - Planned Amortization Class
Bonds that are collateralized by Federal National Mortgage  Association  (FNMA),
Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation (FHLMC), or Government National Mortgage
Association (GNMA), mortgage-backed securities which are collateralized by whole
loans.  At  December  31,  1997,  the Bank did not have any CMOs  that  would be
classified  as "high risk"  securities  as defined by a policy  statement by the
Federal Financial  Institutions  Examination  Council. At December 31, 1997, the
estimated  average  remaining  maturity of the CMO portfolio  was  approximately
twenty  months.  Management  plans to continue  to purchase  CMOs which meet its
investment guidelines, when available.

     The Bank offers  fixed-rate and  adjustable-rate  mortgage loans secured by
one-to  four-family  properties,  apartment  buildings,  underlying  cooperative
properties, commercial real estate and offers various other consumer type loans.
During  1997,  the Bank  sold $1.6  million  of single  family  mortgage  loans,
originated for sale, to government agencies.  Loans held-for-sale are carried at
the lower of cost or market, in the aggregate.  At December 31, 1997, there were
no mortgage loans held-for-sale.

     Non-performing  loans  to total  loans  at  December  31,  1997 was  1.32%,
compared to 1.64% at December  31,  1996.  Non-performing  loans at December 31,
1997 and 1996 included a $12.8 million underlying  cooperative  mortgage loan on
which the Bank has  commenced  foreclosure  proceedings.  This one mortgage loan
comprised 96.1% of non-performing  loans and 92.8% of  non-performing  assets at
December 31, 1997. The mortgage is secured by a 148 unit  cooperative  apartment
building,  located in Manhattan, New York. No specific valuation allowances have
been established  against this loan, as management believes that the mortgage is
adequately  secured.  On January 28,  1998,  the Bank  entered into a settlement
agreement  with the  borrower,  that  provides  that the Bank be made  whole for
unpaid principal,  contractual  interest,  late charges and legal fees, no later
than May 28, 1998. In addition,  the borrower will be responsible  for interest,
which will  continue to accrue and for any  additional  legal fees that the Bank
incurs in  connection  with this  credit.  In  accordance  with the terms of the
agreement,  the Bank received $1.1 million from the borrower,  through  February
16, 1998, comprised of a $1.0 million payment which could be applied against any
portion of the  indebtedness  other than  principal  and,  $98,000  for  interim
interest,  which is due  monthly.  The  borrower  is  seeking to  refinance  the
mortgage elsewhere.

    In addition to  non-performing  loans,  non-performing  assets include Other
Real Estate (ORE) and any other  investment  not  performing in accordance  with
contractual  terms.  ORE represents real estate  properties owned by the Bank or
transferred  to a subsidiary  corporation as a result of foreclosure or obtained
by receiving a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  At December 31, 1997 the Bank held
shares to 31 residential  cooperative  apartments  attributable to one property,
that comprised the Bank's ORE of $473,000. Management closely monitors the value
of properties that are obtained through foreclosure actions. (See Note 12 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.)


<PAGE>

     Non-performing  assets  to total  assets  at  December  31,  1997 was .90%,
compared to .98% at December  31,  1996.  The  decrease in this ratio  primarily
reflected the  foreclosure  and subsequent  sale of a single family house with a
mortgage of $450,000 which was not performing at December 31, 1996.

     Deposits  at  December  31,  1997,  decreased  by $23.2  million,  or 2.0%,
compared to deposits at December 31, 1996.  While  interest rates on the various
accounts offered by the Bank remained competitive with those of other depository
institutions in the Bank's market, customers have continued to withdraw funds to
invest in alternative  instruments  and shift funds into  certificate  accounts,
both of which offered higher yields.  Management attributes this deposit outflow
and shift in deposit composition to the relatively low interest rate environment
that has prevailed  over the last several  years.  The Bank  influences  deposit
levels and composition  through its interest rate  structure.  While the highest
percentage  of deposits has  historically  been in passbook  and lease  security
accounts,  the  trend  of  deposit  shifts  has  continued  towards  certificate
accounts.  (See  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources,   herein.)  Management  has
maintained an interest rate structure  that has allowed  deposits to continue to
shift and decline in a controlled  fashion,  rather than offering interest rates
that would result in  significantly  reducing net interest  margins and interest
rate  spreads  or  necessitate   modifying  the  existing  asset  structure  and
investment guidelines.

     Interest rate spread,  net interest  margin,  liquidity,  and related asset
quality are some of the key measures of financial  performance  that  management
focuses  on. The Bank's  assets are  structured  such that  gradual  declines in
deposits,  such as continuance  of the current trend,  is not expected to have a
material adverse affect on the Company within the foreseeable  future.  However,
if, as is the  current  trend,  the  Company's  deposits  continue  to  decline,
interest  earning  assets  may also  decline,  resulting  in a  decrease  in net
interest income, the Company's primary component of net income.

     The  Bank's  liquidity  ratios  continue  to exceed all short and long term
minimum  regulatory  requirements.  Management  is focused on providing  quality
customer service as its main strategy for maintaining its relationships with its
customers.  Within recent years,  the Bank has expanded  services offered to its
depositors,  including  automated  telephone  banking 24 hours a day, 365 days a
year.  The Bank also  offers  credit  cards,  which are  issued  and owned by an
unrelated bank that manages and bears all credit risk.

<PAGE>

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis
- ----------------------------------

         The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the
extent to which such assets and liabilities are "interest rate sensitive" and by
monitoring  an  institution's  interest  rate  sensitivity  "gap".  An  asset or
liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if
it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity
gap is defined as the difference  between the amount of interest  earning assets
maturing or repricing  within a specific  time period and the amount of interest
bearing  liabilities  maturing or repricing  within that time  period.  A gap is
considered  positive when the amount of interest rate  sensitive  assets exceeds
the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities.  A gap is considered negative
when the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities  exceeds the amount of
interest rate  sensitive  assets.  During a period of rising  interest  rates, a
negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income while a positive
gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income.  During a period
of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in
net interest  income  while a positive  gap would tend to  adversely  affect net
interest income.

         At December 31,  1997,  the Company had a negative  short-term  gap. In
general, the lower the level of market interest rates (on a relative basis), the
shorter  (term) the  Company's  investments.  The Company  generally  invests in
securities with  maturities  ranging from three months to two years. As interest
rates  increase the Company  purchases  securities  with longer  terms,  and may
purchase  securities  with  maturities  of up to three years.  While  management
regularly  reviews  the  Company's  gap  analysis,  the  gap  is  considered  an
analytical   tool  which  has  limited  value.   Management  has  long  followed
short-term,  high quality  standards  for the Company's  interest-earning  asset
portfolios,  resulting  in high  liquidity.  This  strategy  enables the Company
flexibility to reprice assets and liabilities  over a relatively short period of
time.

         The following  prepayment rate assumptions for mortgage loans are based
upon historical  performance.  Prepayment rate assumptions for fixed rate one-to
four-family  mortgage loans and MBS based upon the remaining term to contractual
maturity were as follows: (a) 27% if less than six months; (b) 11% if six months
to one year and for five to ten years;  (c) 8% if one to three years;  (d) 9% if
three to five years and for ten to twenty years; and (e) 17% if beyond 20 years.
Adjustable-rate  mortgages are assumed to prepay at 15% and second  mortgages at
18%. All other fixed rate first  mortgage loans are assumed to prepay at 3%. All
deposit accounts,  which are subject to immediate  withdrawal/repricing,  except
certificates,   are  assumed  to  reprice  in  the  earliest  period  presented.
Securities available-for-sale, which are comprised entirely of marketable equity
securities  which do not have a fixed  maturity date, are reflected as repricing
in the five to ten year category.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

     The  following  table  sets  forth,  as of  December  31,  1997,  repricing
information  on  earning  assets  and  interest  bearing  liabilities.  The data
reflects estimated principal amortization and prepayments on mortgage loans, and
estimated attrition of deposit accounts as previously discussed.  The table does
not  necessarily  indicate the impact of general  interest rate movements on the
Bank's net interest income because the repricing of certain categories of assets
and  liabilities is beyond the Bank's control.  As a result,  certain assets and
liabilities indicated as repricing within a stated period may in fact reprice at
different times and at different rate levels.

<CAPTION>

                                                             At December 31, 1997
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              More       More      More       More      More
                                              Than       Than      Than       Than      Than
                                               3        1 Year    3 Years    5 Years  10 Years    More
                                    0-3      Months      to 3      to 5       to 10    to 20      Than
                                   Months   to 1 Year   Years      Years      Years    Years    20 Years      Total
                                  -------   ---------   ------    -------    -------  --------  --------     ------
                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                              <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Interest earning assets:
  Mortgage loans, net 1..........   24,354   $ 28,993 $ 118,719  $ 186,235   $482,160 $ 98,503  $ 37,514  $  976,478
  Debt and equity securities and
   other investments, net 2....... 179,888    124,922     9,981       -          -        -         -        314,791
  CMOs, net......................    3,287     16,969    77,250      6,534       -        -         -        104,040
  MBS, net.......................     -           196       959       -          -       2,869      -          4,024
  Other loans, net 1.............       63        640    12,741      4,142     11,561     -         -         29,147
  Federal funds sold.............   62,000       -         -          -          -        -         -         62,000
                                  --------   --------  --------  ---------   -------- --------  --------  ----------

    Total interest earning assets  269,592    171,720   219,650    196,911    493,721  101,372    37,514   1,490,480
                                  --------   --------  --------  ---------   -------- --------  --------  ----------


Interest bearing deposit accounts:
  Passbook and lease
   security accounts.............  565,130       -         -          -          -        -         -        565,130
  Certificate accounts...........  141,365    203,527    50,011     14,630       -        -         -        409,533
  Money market accounts..........   79,007       -         -          -          -        -         -         79,007
  Negotiable order of withdrawal3   35,401       -         -          -          -        -         -         35,401
                                  --------   -------- ---------  ---------   -------- --------  --------  ----------


    Interest bearing liabilities.  820,903    203,527    50,011     14,630       -        -         -      1,089,071
                                  --------   -------- ---------  ---------   -------- --------  --------  ----------


Interest sensitivity gap
  per period.................... $(551,311)  $(31,807)$ 169,639  $ 182,281   $493,721 $101,372  $ 37,514  $  401,409
                                 =========   ======== =========  =========   ======== ========  ========  ==========


Cumulative interest
  sensitivity gap............... $(551,311) $(583,118)$(413,479) $(231,198)  $262,523 $363,895  $401,409  $     -
                                 =========  ========= =========  =========   ======== ========  ========  ==========

Percentage of gap per period to
    total assets.................  (35.92%)    (2.07%)   11.05%     11.87%     32.16%    6.60%     2.44%

Percentage of cumulative gap to
     total assets................  (35.92%)   (37.99%)  (26.94%)   (15.07%)    17.09%   23.69%    26.13%

<FN>
1 Includes  non-performing  loans and excludes the  allowance  for possible loan
losses.

2  Securities   available-for-sale   are  shown   including   the  market  value
appreciation of $51.4 million, before tax.

3 Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) accounts.


Note:  Certain  shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in
the foregoing  table.  For example,  although certain assets and liabilities may
have similar  maturities  or periods to  repricing,  they may react in different
degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain
types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest  rates,  while  interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in
market rates.  Additionally,  certain assets,  such as ARM loans,  have features
which limit changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of
the asset.  In the event of a change in  interest  rates,  prepayment  and early
withdrawal  levels may deviate  significantly  from those assumed in calculating
the table.
</FN>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

     The Bank's  interest  rate  sensitivity  is also  monitored  by  management
through the use of a model which internally generates estimates of the change in
the net portfolio  value (NPV) over a range of interest  rate change  scenarios.
NPV is the present  value of expected  cash flows from assets,  liabilities  and
off-balance sheet contracts. The NPV ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is
defined as the NPV in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the
same scenario.  The Office of Thrift  Supervision  (OTS) also produces a similar
analysis using its own model,  based upon data submitted on the Bank's quarterly
Thrift Financial Reports, the results of which may vary from the Bank's internal
model  primarily due to differences in assumptions  utilized  between the Bank's
internal model and the OTS model,  including  estimated loan  prepayment  rates,
reinvestment  rates and  deposit  decay  rates.  For  purposes of the NPV table,
prepayment speeds similar to those used in the Gap table were used, reinvestment
rates were those in effect for similar  products  currently  being offered,  and
rates on deposits were modified to reflect  recent trends.  The following  table
sets forth the Bank's NPV as of December 31, 1997, as calculated by the Bank.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Rate Changes in                Net Portfolio Value               Portfolio Value of Assets
- ---------------                -------------------               -------------------------
Basis Points               Dollar      Dollar      Percent            NPV           Percent
(Rate Shock)               Amount      Change      Change            Ratio          Change1
- ---------------------------------------------------------     ------------------------------
                            (Dollars in Thousands)

   <S>                    <C>       <C>          <C>               <C>               <C>             
   +200                   $317,949  $(42,954)    (11.90)%          21.35%            (3.10)%
   +100                    338,813   (22,090)     (6.12)           22.40             (1.59)
      0                    360,903      -           -              23.48               -
   -100                    391,417    30,514       8.45            24.94              2.14
   -200                    437,804    76,901      21.31            27.05              5.32

<FN>
1 Reflects the percentage change in the portfolio value of the Bank's assets for
each rate shock  compared to the portfolio  value of the Bank's assets under the
zero rate change scenario.

Note: As in the case with the Gap table,  certain  shortcomings  are inherent in
the  methodology  used in the above  interest rate risk  measurements.  Modeling
changes in NPV  require  certain  assumptions  which may or may not  reflect the
manner in which actual  yields and costs  respond to changes in market  interest
rates. In this regard,  the NPV model presented  assumes that the composition of
the Bank's interest  sensitive assets and liabilities  existing at the beginning
of a period  remains  constant  over the period being  measured and also assumes
that a particular  change in interest  rates is reflected  uniformly  across the
yield curve  regardless  of the  duration to maturity or  repricing  of specific
assets and  liabilities.  Accordingly,  although  the NPV  measurements  and net
interest  income models  provide an indication of the Bank's  interest rate risk
exposure at a particular  point in time, such  measurements  are not intended to
and do not  provide a  precise  forecast  of the  effect  of  changes  in market
interest rates on the Bank's net interest income, as actual results will differ.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


Analysis of Net Interest Income
- -------------------------------

     Net interest  income  represents the difference  between income on interest
earning assets and expense on interest bearing liabilities.  Net interest income
depends upon the relative amount of interest earning assets and interest bearing
liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

Average Balance Sheet
- ---------------------

     The  following  table  sets forth  information  relating  to the  Company's
Consolidated  Statements of Financial Condition and the Consolidated  Statements
of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 and reflects
the average  yield on assets and  average  cost of  liabilities  for the periods
indicated.  Yields and costs are  derived by  dividing  income or expense by the
average  balance of the related  assets or  liabilities,  respectively,  for the
periods shown.  Average  balances are derived from average daily  balances.  The
yields  and costs  include  fees  which are  considered  adjustments  to yields.
Average balances and yields include non-accruing loans.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1997                        1996                       1995
                          --------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------------
                                    Interest Average           Interest  Average           Interest Average
                           Average   Income/ Yield/   Average   Income/  Yield/   Average   Income/  Yield/
                           Balance   Expense  Cost    Balance   Expense   Cost    Balance   Expense  Cost
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
 <S>                     <C>        <C>      <C>    <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>        
 Assets
 Interest earning assets:
   Mortgage loans, net...$  878,697 $ 74,149  8.44% $  792,579 $ 69,113  8.72%  $  702,252 $ 64,309  9.16%
   Debt and equity
    securities, net1.....   325,964   19,584  6.01     361,106   21,695  6.01      456,581   27,545  6.03
   CMOs, net.............   133,418    7,937  5.95     179,336   10,063  5.61      209,537    9,572  4.57
   MBS, net..............     4,855      499 10.28       6,540      739 11.30        8,650      969 11.20
   Other loans, net......    28,119    2,070  7.36      28,393    2,138  7.53       28,977    2,299  7.93
   Federal funds sold....    64,345    3,503  5.44      72,221    3,863  5.35       52,432    3,032  5.78
                         ---------- --------        ---------- --------         ---------- ---------
 Total interest earning
  assets1................ 1,435,398  107,742  7.51   1,440,175  107,611  7.47    1,458,429  107,726  7.39
 Non-interest earning
  assets.................    99,180                     93,539                      80,701
                         ----------                 ----------                  ----------
    Total assets.........$1,534,578                 $1,533,714                  $1,539,130
                         ==========                 ==========                  ==========

 Liabilities and stockholders' equity
 Interest bearing
   liabilities:
  Passbook and other.....$  699,715 $ 19,106  2.73% $  743,526 $ 20,440  2.75%  $  797,445 $ 23,058  2.89%
  Certificate accounts...   397,832   20,768  5.22     383,215   19,777  5.16      343,229   17,649  5.14
                         ---------- --------        ---------- --------         ---------- --------
 Total interest
  bearing liabilities.... 1,097,547   39,874  3.63   1,126,741   40,217  3.57    1,140,674   40,707  3.57
  Non-interest bearing
    liabilities..........    88,423                     74,928                      65,963
                         ----------                 ----------                  ----------
    Total liabilities.... 1,185,970                  1,201,669                   1,206,637
    Total stockholders'
     equity..............   348,608                    332,045                     332,493
                         ----------                 ----------                  ----------
    Total liabilities
     and stockholders'
     equity..............$1,534,578                 $1,533,714                  $1,539,130
                         ==========                 ==========                  ==========
 Net interest income/
  interest rate spread2..           $ 67,868  3.88%            $ 67,394  3.90%             $ 67,019  3.82%
                                    ========  ====             ========  ====              ========  ====
 Net interest earning
  assets/net interest
  margin3................$  337,851           4.73% $  313,434           4.68%  $  317,755           4.60%
                         ==========           ====  ==========           ====   ==========           =====
 Ratio of interest
  earning assets to
  interest bearing
  liabilities............                     1.31x                      1.28x                       1.28x
                                              ====                       ====                        ====

<FN>

  1  Average balances for debt and equity  securities and total interest earning
     assets,  exclude the net market appreciation  recognized in connection with
     Statement 115 and is not included in deriving the yield.

  2  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on
     average  interest  earning assets and the average cost of average  interest
     bearing liabilities.

  3  Net  interest  margin  represents  net interest  income  divided by average
     interest earning assets.

</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


Rate Volume Analysis
- --------------------

     The following  table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates
and  changes in the volume of  interest  earning  assets  and  interest  bearing
liabilities  have affected the Company's  interest  income and interest  expense
during the periods  indicated.  Information  is provided in each  category  with
respect to (i)  changes  attributable  to changes in volume  (changes  in volume
multiplied by prior rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes
in rate  multiplied  by prior  volume),  and (iii) the net  change.  The changes
attributable  to the  combined  impact  of volume  and rate have been  allocated
proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Year Ended December 31, 1997                Year Ended December 31, 1996
                                                  Compared to                                 Compared to
                                          Year Ended December 31, 1996                Year Ended December 31, 1995
                                          ----------------------------                ----------------------------
                                          Volume       Rate        Net                Volume       Rate        Net
                                          ------       ----        ---                ------       ----        ---
                                                                       (In Thousands)


<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>                 <C>         <C>        <C>
Interest earning assets:
  Mortgage loans, net ..............     $ 7,313     $ (2,277)   $  5,036            $ 7,997     $(3,193)   $ 4,804
  Debt and equity securities .......      (2,111)        -         (2,111)            (5,759)        (91)    (5,850)
  CMOs, net.........................      (2,705)         579      (2,126)            (1,499)      1,990        491
  MBS, net..........................        (177)         (63)       (240)              (239)          9       (230)
  Other loans, net .................         (21)         (47)        (68)               (46)       (115)      (161)
  Federal funds sold ...............        (424)          64        (360)             1,070        (239)       831
                                         -------     --------    --------            -------     -------    -------

        Total ......................       1,875       (1,744)        131              1,524      (1,639)      (115)
                                         -------     --------    --------            -------     -------    --------


Interest bearing liabilities:
  Passbook and other ...............      (1,186)        (148)     (1,334)            (1,400)     (1,218)    (2,618)
  Certificate accounts..............         759          232         991              2,059          69      2,128
                                         -------     --------    --------            -------     -------   --------

        Total.......................        (427)          84        (343)               659      (1,149)      (490)
                                         -------     --------    --------           --------     -------    -------


Net change in net interest income...     $ 2,302      $(1,828)   $    474            $   865     $  (490)   $   375
                                         =======      =======    ========            =======     =======    =======

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -------------------------------

     The Company's funds are primarily  obtained  through  dividends paid by the
Bank. The Company is provided with the long-term liquidity resources of the Bank
as well as the liquidity  provided by its own  investments.  The Bank's  primary
sources  of  funds  are  deposits,   proceeds  from   maturities  of  securities
held-to-maturity,  amortization  on and  maturities of loans and cash flows from
operations. Overall liquidity is affected by activity in general interest rates,
economic conditions and competition.

     The Company's  investments,  excluding  investments  made by the Bank,  are
primarily in federal agency securities. The Company expects to utilize its funds
to  continue  investing  in  U.S.  Government  and  federal  agency  securities,
repurchasing  shares of the Company's  common stock and paying  dividends on its
common stock,  as management  deems  appropriate.  The Company  presently has no
plans to expand its activities; however, should the Company decide to expand its
investment  activities,  the  Bank  may pay  additional  cash  dividends  to the
Company,  subject to certain  regulatory  limitations,  to fund such activities.
(See Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

     During  1997,  the net  deposit  outflows  of $23.2  million  and  dividend
payments of $13.8  million,  contributed  to the net cash outflow from financing
activities.  The most  significant  dollar  change in  deposit  composition  was
experienced in the Bank's passbook  accounts,  which decreased by $34.8 million,
or 5.8%,  followed by a $10.1 million  decrease in money market  accounts and an
$855,000 decrease in NOW accounts. However, certificate accounts increased $22.4
million, or 5.8% and demand accounts increased $192,000.

     During 1997, the most significant  investing  activities for which cash was
used  included  purchases of debt  securities  held-to-maturity  and  securities
available-for-sale,  originations  of mortgage  loans and purchases of CMOs. The
most  significant  investing  activities  which provided cash were maturities of
debt securities and principal payments on CMOs.

     The Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of liquid assets as defined
by the OTS regulations.  This requirement,  which may be varied at the direction
of the OTS, is based upon a percentage  of deposits and  short-term  borrowings.
The required ratio at December 31, 1997 was 4.0%. The Bank's  liquidity ratio is
significantly  in excess of the required  level.  The Bank's  average  liquidity
ratios  were 29.9% and 34.0% for the years  ended  December  31,  1997 and 1996,
respectively.  The Bank's  high  liquidity  reflects  management's  strategy  of
investing  funds in  short-term  CMOs and U.S.  Government  and  federal  agency
securities.  Management has structured the assets and liabilities of the Company
to enable the Bank to meet its regulatory liquidity  requirements.  In addition,
the asset/liability  structure serves to provide funds for operating,  investing
and financing  activities of the Company,  while holding securities,  other than
marketable equity securities, to maturity.


<PAGE>

     Liquidity management for the Bank is both a daily and a long-term function.
Management  expects the Bank to be able to maintain  high levels of liquidity in
the future due to its investment strategy and projected  earnings.  Excess funds
are  generally  invested in short-term  investments  such as federal funds sold.
Investments in the U.S.  Government and federal agency securities  portfolio had
an  average  remaining  maturity  of five  months and the CMO  portfolio  had an
average anticipated remaining maturity of twenty months as of December 31, 1997.
The Bank's  most  liquid  assets  are cash and cash  equivalents  which  include
investments  in federal funds sold.  The levels of these assets are dependent on
the  Bank's  operating,  financing  and  investing  activities  during any given
period.  (See the  Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows which are part of the
Consolidated Financial Statements.)

     Management  monitors the deposit  outflow and has taken a series of actions
aimed at curtailing the erosion of the Bank's deposit base. Management considers
the Bank's  relationship  with its  long-term  customers  vital to enabling  the
Company to continue to enhance future stockholder value. If the current trend of
deposit  shifts and  outflows  were to continue  in the  long-term  future,  the
Company's  future  interest  rate  spreads,  margins  and net income will likely
decline.  To  address  these  concerns,   management:  (1)  established  a  more
aggressive  interest  rate  structure,  in order to retain the  Bank's  customer
relationships;  (2) has placed  emphasis on  expanding  fee income as a means of
offsetting  future decreases in net interest income;  and (3) is focusing on the
use of available  technology in order to continue to reduce banking staff, which
will be accomplished  through attrition.  To generate additional fee income, the
Bank  participates in the New York Cash Exchange (NYCE) automated teller system,
and receives  additional fee income for issuing  credit cards.  The credit cards
issued  with the Bank's  name are owned and  managed by an  unrelated  financial
institution, which incurs all risk of loss.

     In the  event  that the Bank  should  require  funds  beyond  its  internal
ability,  it may take  Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of New York  advances.  The
Bank has not utilized FHLB advances to meet its liquidity needs.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
- ---------------------------------------

     The Consolidated  Financial  Statements and Notes thereto  presented herein
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,
which require the  measurement  of financial  position and operating  results in
terms of  historical  dollars  without  considering  the changes in the relative
purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is
reflected  in  the  Company's  non-interest  expense.   Unlike  most  industrial
companies, nearly all the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary. As
a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Company's performance than
do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily
move in the same  direction  or to the same  extent  as the  price of goods  and
services.

<PAGE>

Year 2000
- ---------

     In the early  1990's,  the  Bank's  existing  staff  began  converting  its
computer  system to be Year 2000  compliant.  At December 31, 1997,  100% of the
Bank's  mainframe  programs  and 50% of other  critical  systems  were year 2000
compliant,  with the remainder  expected to be compliant by the end of 1998. The
system  upgrades  and/or  programming  changes  have been made within the normal
course of  business,  therefore,  no  material  costs  specific to the year 2000
upgrades have been incurred.  Management does not expect  implementation  of the
remaining  computer  system  upgrades to have a material affect on the Company's
financial  condition or results of  operations.  Management  has  contacted  all
outside vendors  inquiring as to the status of year 2000 compliance.  Management
will  continue  to require  updates  from all  vendors who are not yet year 2000
compliant.

<PAGE>


Impact of New Accounting Standards To Be Adopted
- ------------------------------------------------

        Effective  January 1, 1997, the Company  adopted  Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards (SFAS) No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of
Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" (Statement 125), except for
those transactions that are governed by SFAS No. 127, "Deferral of the Effective
Date of Certain  Provisions  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)
Statement  125"  (Statement  127).  Statement 127 was issued in December 1996 to
extend the effective  date of the provisions of Statement 125, as they relate to
secured  borrowings,   collateral  and  repurchase  agreements,   dollar  rolls,
securities lending and similar transactions for one year. Statement 125 provides
accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  transfers and servicing of financial
assets and  extinguishments  of  liabilities  occurring  after December 31, 1996
based on consistent application of a financial-components  approach that focuses
on control. Under this approach, after a transfer of financial assets, an entity
recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it
has incurred,  derecognizes  financial assets when control has been surrendered,
and  derecognizes   liabilities  when  extinguished.   This  statement  provides
consistent  standards for distinguishing  transfers of financial assets that are
sales from transfers that are secured borrowings. This statement supersedes SFAS
No. 76, "Extinguishment of Debt", and SFAS No. 77, "Reporting by Transferors for
Transfers of  Receivables  with  Recourse,"  and SFAS No. 122,  "Accounting  for
Mortgage  Servicing  Rights," and amends SFAS No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities,"  and SFAS No. 65,  "Accounting  for
Certain  Mortgage  Banking  Activities."  The adoption of  Statement  125 had no
material effect on the  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company,  nor
does the Company  expect the  amendments to Statement 125 contained in Statement
127 to have a material effect on the financial statements.

         In June of 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income"  (Statement  130).  Statement 130 is effective for years beginning after
December 15, 1997 and requires  reclassification  of  financial  statements  for
earlier periods  provided for comparative  purposes.  The statement  establishes
standards for reporting and display of comprehensive  income and its components.
This  statement  requires  that all items that are required to be  recognized as
components of comprehensive  income be reported in a financial statement that is
displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements.  Comprehensive
income  is  defined  as all  changes  in  equity  during a period  except  those
resulting from investments by owners and  distributions  to owners.  The Company
has not yet determined the impact of Statement 130 on its financial statements.

In June of 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information"  (Statement 131). Statement 131 is effective
for financial  statements for periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. In the
initial year of application,  comparative information for earlier years is to be
restated.  The  statement  requires  that a public  business  enterprise  report
financial and descriptive  information about its reportable  operating segments.
The Company has not yet  determined the impact of Statement 131 on its financial
statements.


<PAGE>

Private Securities Litigation Reform Act Safe Harbor Statement
- --------------------------------------------------------------

     In  addition to  historical  information,  this  Annual  Report may include
certain forward looking statements based on current management expectations. The
Company's   actual  results  could  differ   materially  from  those  management
expectations.  Factors  that could  cause  future  results to vary from  current
management  expectations  include,  but are not  limited  to,  general  economic
conditions,  legislative and regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of
the  federal  government,  changes in tax  policies,  rates and  regulations  of
federal,  state and local tax  authorities,  changes in interest rates,  deposit
flows,  the cost of  funds,  demand  for loan  products,  demand  for  financial
services, competition,  changes in the quality or composition of the Bank's loan
and  investment  portfolios,  changes  in  accounting  principles,  policies  or
guidelines,  and other economic,  competitive,  governmental  and  technological
factors  affecting the Company's  operations,  markets,  products,  services and
prices.  Further  description of the risks and uncertainties to the business are
included in detail in Item 1, "Business" of the Company's 1997 Form 10-K.

<PAGE>

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

General

     Net income for the year ended December 31, 1997 was $37.1 million, or $3.64
per diluted share,  compared with $26.7 million, or $2.56 per diluted share, for
1996. In comparing the results of operations  for 1997 to 1996, it must be noted
that both the 1997 and 1996 results of operations were significantly improved by
items of a non-recurring  nature.  During 1997,  sales of real estate  generated
pre-tax gains of $9.3 million,  which, net of tax,  increased net income by $5.4
million and contributed $.53 to diluted earnings per share. Gains on the sale of
equity securities  during 1997 generated  pre-tax gains of $7.0 million,  which,
net of tax, increased net income by $3.9 million and contributed $.39 to diluted
earnings  per share.  The 1996  results  included a pre-tax  recovery  of a $2.0
million credit valuation  allowance against the Bank's investments with Nationar
Trust Company,  which increased net income for 1996 by $1.2 million, or $.11 per
diluted share.  Additional  comments  regarding the components of net income are
detailed in the following paragraphs.

Interest Income

     Income on mortgage  loans  increased  by $5.0  million,  or 7.3%,  to $74.1
million,  from $69.1 million. The average investment in mortgage loans increased
by $86.1 million,  or 10.9%, to $878.7 million for 1997, from $792.6 million for
1996.  The amount  invested in mortgage loans has continued to increase over the
past eight years in both dollar amount and as a percentage of assets.  Mortgages
originated for the Bank's portfolio  during 1997 increased by $69.0 million,  or
50.6%,  to $205.2  million,  from  $136.2  million  during  1996.  The  mortgage
portfolio yield decreased to 8.44% for 1997 from 8.72% for 1996.

     Income on debt and equity  securities  decreased $2.1 million,  or 9.7%, to
$19.6  million for 1997,  compared to $21.7  million for 1996.  The  decrease in
income reflected a $35.1 million, or 9.7%, decrease in the average investment in
this portfolio  while the yield  remained  unchanged at 6.01% for 1997 and 1996.
During 1997, activity in the investment  securities portfolio included purchases
of $499.9  million and maturities of $555.0  million.  At December 31, 1997, the
$244.9 million debt securities portfolio had unrealized gains of $464,000, which
are not expected to impact future income as these  securities  are designated as
held-to-maturity.  The marketable equity  securities  portfolio is designated as
available-for-sale  and was  carried  at its  aggregate  market  value  of $62.2
million at December 31, 1997,  exceeding its cost of $10.9 million.  During 1997
the Bank sold marketable equity securities having a cost of $823,000,  realizing
gains of $7.0 million.  During 1996, the Bank sold or redeemed marketable equity
securities totaling $30,000, and realized gross gains of $4,000 and gross losses
of $2,000.


<PAGE>

     Income on CMOs  decreased  by $2.1  million or 21.1%,  to $7.9  million for
1997,  from $10.1  million for 1996.  Purchases of CMOs for 1997,  totaled $55.0
million,  compared with $124.3 million for 1996. The average  investment in CMOs
decreased by $45.9 million,  or 25.6%,  to $133.4 million for 1997,  from $179.3
million for 1996.  Principal payments on CMOs decreased to $106.5 million during
1997 from $114.1  million during 1996.  During 1997,  the CMO portfolio  yielded
5.95% compared with 5.61% for 1996. At December 31, 1997, the $104.0 million CMO
portfolio had net unrealized gains of $230,000 (comprised of unrealized gains of
$295,000 and  unrealized  losses of  $65,000),  which are not expected to impact
future results of operations, as CMOs are designated as held-to-maturity.

     Income on other loans  remained  relatively  stable during 1997 compared to
1996,  decreasing by $68,000,  or 3.2% to $2.1 million for 1997.  Management has
determined to sell the student loan portfolio, which at December 31, 1997, had a
balance of $5.2  million and  comprised  17.9% of the other loan  portfolio.  At
December 31, 1997,  the portfolio,  which had an estimated  market value of $5.3
million  will  continue to be carried at the lower of cost or  estimated  market
value,  in the  aggregate,  until sold.  Management  is  reviewing  student loan
origination programs packaged by the Student Loan Marketing  Association (Sallie
Mae) and  Nellie Mae under  which the Bank  would  fund and own the  loans,  but
servicing would be provided by others.

     During  1997,   MBS  continued  and  will  continue  to  amortize   without
replacement.  Income  earned  on MBS  decreased  to  $499,000  during  1997 from
$739,000 during 1996, reflecting the amortizing balance.  There were no sales of
MBS during 1997 or 1996. At December 31, 1997,  there were  unrealized  gains of
$335,000 in the $4.0  million MBS  portfolio,  which are not  expected to impact
future   results  of   operations,   as  MBS   securities   are   designated  as
held-to-maturity.

     Income from federal funds sold decreased to $3.5 million for 1997 from $3.9
million for 1996. The average  balance  invested in federal funds sold decreased
to $64.3 million during 1997, compared to $72.2 million during 1996. The average
yield on federal  funds sold  increased  to 5.44%  during 1997 from 5.35% during
1996.  Investments  in federal  funds sold provide the  liquidity of an interest
bearing cash equivalent necessary to fund: mortgage and other loan originations;
deposit  withdrawals;  dividend  payments  on and  repurchases  (if  any) of the
Company's common stock and to meet non-interest operating expense.

Interest Expense

     Interest  expense on deposits  decreased .9% to $39.9 million for 1997 from
$40.2 million for 1996. This decrease  reflected a decrease in average  interest
bearing  deposits of $29.2 million,  or 2.6%, to $1.098  billion for 1997,  from
$1.127 billion for 1996.  Market interest rates  generally  declined during 1997
and the Bank's  deposits  continued  to  decrease  and to shift  primarily  from
passbook accounts into certificate  accounts.  (See Asset/Liability  Management,
herein.)


<PAGE>

Net Interest Income

     The  Bank's  profitability  is  dependent  to a large  extent  upon its net
interest income, which is the difference between its interest income on interest
earning assets and its interest expense on interest bearing deposits.  The Bank,
like most savings institutions,  will continue to be affected by general changes
in levels of interest rates,  government  regulations and other economic factors
beyond its control.

     Net interest income increased by $474,000,  to $67.9 million for 1997, from
$67.4 million for 1996.  For 1997,  the net interest  margin  increased to 4.73%
from 4.68% for 1996.  The interest rate spread  decreased to 3.88% for 1997 from
3.90% for 1996. The yield on interest earning assets increased slightly to 7.51%
for 1997 from 7.47% for 1996.  The average  balance of interest  earning  assets
decreased  by $4.8  million or .3% for 1997,  compared to 1996.  Reflecting  the
shift in deposits from lower yielding  passbook  deposit accounts to certificate
accounts,  the cost of interest bearing deposits  increased to 3.63% from 3.57%.
The average balance of interest bearing deposits decreased by $29.2 million,  as
the trend of deposit outflows continued. The slight increase in the net interest
margin  during  1997,  reflected  an increase  in the ratio of interest  earning
assets funded by interest bearing liabilities,  accompanied by a decrease in the
interest  rate  spread.  Average  interest  earning  assets as a  percentage  of
interest bearing  liabilities  increased to 131% for 1997,  compared to 128% for
1996.

Provision For Possible Loan Losses

     The  provision  for  possible  loan losses for 1997  increased  slightly to
$648,000  compared to $640,000 for 1996.  During 1997 and 1996  management  made
general mortgage loan provisions of $600,000,  while provisions made against the
other loan  portfolio  increased  to $48,000  for 1997,  compared to $40,000 for
1996. Effective January 1, 1998, management discontinued making additions to the
general valuation mortgage allowance, and therefore does not currently expect to
make any provisions for possible loan losses for the mortgage  portfolio  during
1998.  However,  future  additions to or recoveries of the loan loss  allowances
will be based on management's  continuing evaluations of the loan portfolios and
assessments  of  economic  conditions,  changes  in  portfolio  value  and  loan
performance.

Provision For Possible Other Credit Losses

     During 1997 and 1996, no provisions  were made for any  investments,  other
than for possible  loan losses.  However,  during 1996,  the Bank  recovered the
entire $2.0  million  allowance  (established  during 1995) in  connection  with
investments with and in Nationar,  a check clearing and trust company.  Nationar
was seized by the Superintendent of Banks for the State of New York during 1995.
At the time of Nationar's  seizure,  the Bank had invested  with Nationar  $10.0
million of federal  funds sold,  cash in demand  accounts of $200,000  and owned
$38,000 of Nationar's  capital stock. In accordance with the Company's  internal
procedures for monitoring  asset quality,  in 1995 the $38,000 stock  investment
was  written  off and a  provision  for  possible  other  credit  losses of $2.0
million,  or 20% of the  remaining  investment,  was  made.  The  Bank  received
payments  totaling $10.2 million from the Nationar estate during 1996,  allowing
the Bank to recapture the entire allowance.


<PAGE>

Non-Interest Income

     Non-interest  income for 1997  increased by $16.8  million,  or 331.6%,  to
$21.9 million compared to $5.1 million in 1996. The increase in income from real
estate operations  comprised $8.7 million or 51.5% of the total increase,  while
the  increase  in gains  realized  on the sale of  investments  of $7.0  million
comprised  41.5% of the total  increase.  The  increase of $1.1 million for loan
fees and service charges primarily  reflected an increase in mortgage prepayment
penalties.

     As required, the marketable equity securities (MES) portfolio is designated
as  available-for-sale  and carried at estimated fair value, with changes in the
fair value of the portfolio  recorded to a separate  component of  stockholders'
equity. During 1997, the Bank sold MES with a cost of $823,000,  realizing gross
gains of $7.0 million.  Significant sales of MES have been rare in recent years,
as management  generally  considers these  securities as long-term  investments.
Management  reviews  many  factors in  determining  whether to sell or hold MES.
Among other things, these factors include: the anticipated future performance of
individual  securities,  the  overall  stock  market  and  economy;  actual  and
anticipated  direction  of interest  rates;  the  percentage  of MES  comprising
interest-earning assets; the availability of alternative investments; liquidity,
tax and other regulatory considerations.  Future gains and/or losses (if either)
on the  sale  of MES may be  recognized;  however,  management  can  provide  no
assurance  as to the  timing,  amount or  resulting  gains or losses from future
sales, if any, from the MES portfolio.

     The increase in income from real estate operations of $8.7 million includes
a pre-tax gain of $9.2 million realized on the sale of a commercial office tower
located at 1995 Broadway,  Manhattan,  New York. The Bank retained  ownership of
the first floor of the building which houses a branch office.  During the second
quarter   of   1997,    management    reclassified    all   real   estate   from
held-for-investment  to  available-for-sale.  The  improving  real estate market
during 1997 in the New York metropolitan area impacted  management's decision to
consider offers received on properties previously held-for-investment.

<PAGE>


Non-Interest Expense

     Non-interest expense decreased $164,000, or .6%, to $27.4 million for 1997,
compared to $27.6  million for 1996.  Included in  non-interest  expense are the
costs of compensation  and benefits,  occupancy and equipment  expense,  federal
deposit   insurance   premiums,   advertising,   ORE  and  other   general   and
administrative expense.

     Compensation  and benefits  decreased by $491,000 or 3.0% to $15.9  million
for  1997,  compared  to $16.4  million  for  1996.  The  $491,000  decrease  in
compensation  and benefits  expense  resulted  primarily from the Bank realizing
income from the pension plan of $1.5 million for 1997,  compared to $711,000 for
1996, or an increase of $754,000. The Bank's pension plan is fully funded, which
has resulted in the Bank  recording  income from the pension plan. The amount of
future  income,  if any,  will be  impacted by the rate of return on the pension
plan assets and various other factors.  During 1996, a non-recurring  expense of
$330,000 was  recognized in  connection  with the 1996 Stock Option Plan for the
difference between the option price set on the date of grant and the stock price
on the date of stockholder  approval.  The cost of dental and medical  insurance
premiums  increased  by $419,000 to $1.5  million for 1997 from $1.1 million for
1996.  During 1996, the Bank received  $564,000 in premium refunds due to excess
insurance fund reserves for the dental and medical  plans.  Salaries and bonuses
increased  $206,000,  or 1.6% to $13.0 million for 1997,  from $12.8 million for
1996. At December 31, 1997 the Bank had 311 full-time and 118 part-time workers,
compared to 315 full-time and 117 part-time workers at December 31, 1996.

     Federal  deposit  insurance  premiums,  which rates are established by law,
were increased by $147,000 to $149,000 for 1997,  compared with $2,000 for 1996,
when the Bank Insurance Fund (BIF) became fully funded and excess  premiums were
refunded to the Bank.  During 1997,  BIF members were assessed a 1.3 basis point
charge per $100 of insurable  deposits to meet the Financing  Corporation (FICO)
bond obligations,  which  assessments will continue through 1999.  Provided that
the BIF remains fully funded, no additional charges will be assessed.

     ORE operations generated income of $59,000 for 1997 compared with income of
$772,000  for 1996.  Included in the 1997 results  from ORE  operations  are net
gains of  $144,000 on the sale of ORE,  while  during 1996 net gains of $688,000
were  recognized  on the sale of ORE.  Gains on the sale of ORE  properties  are
recognized  under the cost recovery  method.  During 1997 and 1996,  $29,000 and
$148,000  of gains on sales of  cooperative  shares  held in ORE were  deferred,
respectively.  At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  ORE, net of deferred  gains,  was
$473,000 and $647,000, respectively.

     Occupancy and equipment  expense  decreased  $651,000,  to $4.6 million for
1997  from $5.2  million  for 1996.  During  1996,  the  Company  completed  the
renovations to the Company's headquarters.  The project, which began during 1995
and  continued  through  1996,  was the first major  capital  improvement  since
completion of the building in 1974.

     Other general and administrative expense increased by $453,000, or 8.4%, to
$5.9 million for 1997,  from $5.4 million for 1996.  This increase was primarily
related to  consulting  fees  incurred in  connection  with the formation of the
Bank's real estate investment trust  subsidiary,  Tier, Inc., during 1997, while
various other administrative expenses decreased.

 Provision for Income Taxes

     Income taxes increased by $5.1 million, or 26.0%, to $24.6 million for 1997
from $19.6  million for 1996.  This  increase is reflective of the $15.4 million
increase in pre-tax  income,  partially  offset by the decrease in the Company's
effective tax rate from 42.3% for 1996,  to 39.9% for 1997.  The decrease in the
effective  tax rate for 1997,  compared to 1996  reflects  certain tax  benefits
attributable to the Bank's real estate investment trust, which was formed during
1997. (See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

General

     Net income for the year ended December 31, 1996 was $26.7 million, or $2.56
per diluted share,  compared with $22.2 million, or $2.01 per diluted share, for
1995.  Comments  regarding  the  components  of net income are  detailed  in the
following paragraphs.

Interest Income

     Income on mortgage  loans  increased  by $4.8  million,  or 7.5%,  to $69.1
million  for 1996,  from $64.3  million  for 1995.  The  average  investment  in
mortgage loans increased by $90.3 million, or 12.9%, to $792.6 million for 1996,
from  $702.3  million  for 1995.  The  amount  invested  in  mortgage  loans has
continued to increase  over the past seven years in both dollar  amount and as a
percentage of assets.  Mortgages originated for the Bank's portfolio during 1996
increased by $58.4  million,  or 75.0%,  to $136.2  million,  from $77.8 million
during 1995. The mortgage portfolio yield decreased to 8.72% for 1996 from 9.16%
for 1995.

     Income on debt and equity securities  decreased $5.9 million,  or 21.2%, to
$21.7  million for 1996,  compared to $27.5  million for 1995.  The  decrease in
income reflected a $95.5 million,  or 20.9%,  decrease in the average investment
in this  portfolio and a minimal  decrease in the yield to 6.01% for 1996,  from
6.03% for 1995.  During 1996,  activity in the investment  securities  portfolio
included  purchases of $534.6 million and maturities of $675.0  million.  During
1996, the Bank sold or redeemed  marketable equity securities  totaling $30,000,
realizing gross gains of $4,000 and gross losses of $2,000.  There were no sales
of debt or equity  securities  during 1995.  At December  31,  1996,  the $299.6
million debt securities  portfolio had net unrealized  gains of $617,000,  which
are not expected to impact future income,  as these securities are designated as
held-to-maturity.    The   equity    portfolio,    which   is    designated   as
available-for-sale,  was carried at fair value of $51.0 million,  which exceeded
its cost of $11.7 million.

<PAGE>

     Income on CMOs increased by $491,000,  or 5.1%, to $10.1 million, from $9.6
million.  During 1996 an increased number of CMOs meeting the Bank's  investment
guidelines became available on the secondary market, resulting in an increase of
CMOs purchased. Purchases of CMOs for 1996 totaled $124.3 million, compared with
$67.9  million  for 1995.  The average  investment  in CMOs  decreased  by $30.2
million,  or 14.4%,  to $179.3  million  for 1996.  Principal  payments  on CMOs
decreased to $114.1 million during 1996 from $237.1 million during 1995.  During
1996, the CMO portfolio  yielded 5.61% compared with 4.57% for 1995. At December
31, 1996, the $155.3 million CMO portfolio had net unrealized gains of $149,000,
which  are not  expected  to  impact  future  results  of  operations,  as these
securities are designated as held-to-maturity.

     During 1996,  MBS continued to amortize  without  replacement,  as the Bank
discontinued purchasing MBS during the 1980's. Income earned on MBS decreased to
$739,000  during 1996 from  $969,000  during  1995,  reflecting  the  amortizing
balance.  There were no sales of MBS during 1996 or 1995.  At December 31, 1996,
there were  unrealized  gains of $509,000 and no  unrealized  losses in the $5.6
million MBS portfolio.  These gains are not expected to impact future results of
operations, as MBS securities are designated as held-to-maturity.

     Income from federal funds sold increased to $3.9 million for 1996 from $3.0
million for 1995. The average  balance  invested in federal funds sold increased
to $72.2 million during 1996, compared to $52.4 million during 1995. The average
yield on federal  funds sold  decreased  to 5.35%  during 1996 from 5.78% during
1995. Liquidity,  provided by federal funds sold, is necessary to fund: mortgage
lending;  deposit  withdrawals;  dividend  payments  on and  repurchases  of the
Company's common stock and to meet obligations for non-interest expense.

Interest Expense

     Interest expense on deposits decreased to $40.2 million,  or 1.2%, for 1996
from $40.7  million  for 1995.  This  decrease  reflected  a decrease in average
interest bearing deposits of $13.9 million, or 1.2%, to $1.127 billion for 1996,
from $1.141 billion for 1995.  Market interest rates fluctuated  during 1996 and
the Bank's deposits  continued to shift from passbook  accounts into certificate
accounts.
Management monitors deposit levels and interest rates offered by competitors.

Net Interest Income

     The  Bank's  profitability  is  dependent  to a large  extent  upon its net
interest income, which is the difference between its interest income on interest
earning  assets,  such as loans and  investments,  and its  interest  expense on
interest  bearing  deposits.  The Bank,  like most  savings  institutions,  will
continue  to be  affected  by  general  changes  in  levels of  interest  rates,
government regulations and other economic factors beyond its control.


<PAGE>

     Net interest  income  increased by $375,000,  to $67.4 million,  from $67.0
million for 1995.  For 1996,  the net  interest  margin  increased to 4.68% from
4.60% for 1995,  and the net interest rate spread  increased to 3.90% from 3.82%
for 1995. The yield on interest  earning assets increased to 7.47% for 1996 from
7.39% for 1995.  The cost of interest  bearing  deposits  remained  unchanged at
3.57% for 1996 and 1995.  The  average  balance of interest  earning  assets and
interest  bearing  deposits  decreased  by  $18.3  million  and  $13.9  million,
respectively.

Provision For Possible Loan Losses

     The provision for possible loan losses for 1996 remained stable at $640,000
compared to $636,000  for 1995.  During 1996 and 1995  management  made  general
mortgage  loan  provisions  of $600,000.  Provisions of $40,000 and $36,000 were
made against the other loan portfolio during 1996 and 1995, respectively. Future
additions to the loan loss allowances  will be based on management's  continuing
evaluations  of the loan  portfolios  and  assessments  of economic  conditions.
Material  changes  in  portfolio  value,  performance  and/or  general  economic
conditions, would further affect the amount of any such loan provisions.

Provision For Possible Other Credit Losses

     The Bank recovered the entire $2.0 million  allowance that was  established
during 1995 in  connection  with the seizure of Nationar (a check  clearing  and
trust  company) by the  Superintendent  of Banks for the State of New York.  The
Bank  received two  payments  from the Nationar  estate  during 1996.  The first
payment of $4.1  million was  received  during the second  quarter and the final
distribution of $6.1 million,  received  during the fourth quarter,  resulted in
the Bank recapturing the allowance.

Non-Interest Income

     Non-interest  income for 1996 increased by $1.1 million,  or 27.2%, to $5.1
million  compared  to $4.0  million  in  1995.  Loan  fees and  service  charges
increased by $553,000,  or 24.3%,  primarily reflecting increases of $525,000 in
prepayment penalties;  $67,000 in mortgage loan late charges and $51,000 in NYCE
fees;  partially  offset by  decreases  of $32,000  each in NOW account  service
charges and regular  account fees.  During 1995, the Bank began to offer VISA(R)
and  Mastercard(R)  credit cards  resulting in related fee income of $38,000 for
1996. The Bank has an agreement with an unrelated financial  institution,  which
bears all costs and  credit  risk  associated  with  originating  and owning the
credit card portfolio  originated from the Bank's customer list. In general, the
Bank  receives a fee for each new account  opened or renewed and a percentage of
all finance charges paid by the cardholders.

     The $542,000 net increase in income from real estate  operations  primarily
reflected a $437,000  retroactive  property  tax refund  received for a property
that was sold during 1994. During 1996, gains of $571,000 were realized from the
sale of 25 cooperative  apartments owned by the Bank's real estate subsidiaries.
During 1995,  $587,000 of gains were  realized  from the sale of 31  cooperative
apartments. At December 31, 1996, 158 cooperative apartments,  which are carried
at a zero basis, remained available-for-sale.

<PAGE>

Non-Interest Expense

     Non-interest  expense decreased $2.0 million, or 6.6%, to $27.6 million for
1996, compared to $29.6 million for 1995.  Included in non-interest  expense are
the costs of compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment, federal deposit
insurance  corporation  premiums,   advertising,   ORE  and  other  general  and
administrative expense.

     Federal  deposit  insurance  premiums,  which rates are established by law,
were $2,000, the statutory minimum, for 1996, compared to $1.5 million for 1995.
During 1995, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) announced that the
BIF  was  recapitalized  as of May 31,  1995,  and  issued  refunds  of  deposit
insurance  overpayments  from June 1 through  September  30, 1995. In connection
with federal legislation,  BIF members will be assessed a 1.3 basis point charge
per $100 of insurable  deposits to meet the FICO bond  obligations  beginning in
1997 and continuing through 1999. Assuming that the BIF remains fully funded, no
additional charges will be assessed.

     ORE operations generated income of $772,000 for 1996 compared to an expense
of  $209,000  for  1995.  This  income  reflected  a  pre-tax  gain of  $705,000
recognized on the sale of a property  acquired  through  foreclosure  during the
first quarter of 1996.  Gains on the sale of ORE properties are recognized under
the cost recovery  method.  During 1996,  $148,000 of gains on sales of ORE were
deferred.

     Occupancy and equipment  expenses increased  $254,000,  to $5.2 million for
1996 from $5.0 million for 1995.  This increase  reflected  increased costs as a
result of the renovations at the Company's headquarters.  The renovations, which
began  during 1995 and  continued  through  1996,  were the first major  capital
improvements since completion of the building in 1974.

     Other general and  administrative  expense increased by $208,000,  or 4.0%,
reflecting  increased  legal fees in  connection  with  foreclosure  actions for
problem loans and the Nationar claim.

     Compensation  and benefit expense  decreased by $167,000,  to $16.4 million
from $16.6 million,  or 1.0%.  Salaries increased overall by $326,000,  or 2.5%.
During 1995,  the final vesting for the Bank  Recognition  and  Retention  Plans
(BRRPs)  occurred,  resulting  in the Bank  recognizing  an expense of $594,000.
Since the BRRPs were terminated  after the final vesting in 1995, no expense was
incurred  for the BRRPs during  1996.  A  non-recurring  expense of $330,000 was
recognized  during 1996 in connection  with the 1996 Stock Option Plan,  for the
difference between the option price set on the date of grant and the stock price
on the date of stockholder  approval.  During 1996, the Bank realized savings of
$564,000  for  dental and  medical  insurance  premiums  resulting  from  excess
insurance fund reserves. The Bank does not expect such savings in the future.

<PAGE>

Provision for Income Taxes

     Income taxes increased by $2.9 million, or 17.8%, to $19.6 million for 1996
from $16.6 million for 1995. The provision for income taxes increased due to the
increase in pretax income, as the effective tax rate remained  relatively stable
at 42.3% for 1996 compared to 42.8% for 1995.  (See Note 14 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements.)

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

JSB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
December 31, 1997 and 1996  (In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Amounts)
<CAPTION>


ASSETS                                                                   1997          1996
- ------                                                                   ----          ----
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>       
Cash and due from banks                                               $   12,924    $   12,894
Federal funds sold                                                        62,000        86,500
                                                                      ----------     ---------
  Cash and cash equivalents                                               74,924        99,394

Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value                    62,243        51,021
Securities held-to-maturity, net (estimated fair value
 of $353,996 and $461,784, respectively)                                 352,967       460,509
Other investments                                                          7,645         6,859
Mortgage loans, net                                                      970,737       827,052
Other loans, net                                                          29,008        27,722
Premises and equipment, net                                               17,029        16,829
Interest due and accrued                                                   9,278         9,310
Real estate held-for-investment, net                                        -            6,082
Real estate held-for-sale and Other real estate                            3,450         5,236
Other assets                                                               7,750         6,002
                                                                      ----------    ----------
           Total Assets                                               $1,535,031    $1,516,016
                                                                      ==========    ==========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits                                                              $1,121,203    $1,144,393
Advance payments for real estate taxes and insurance                      10,322         8,265
Official bank checks outstanding                                          10,405         9,644
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                    25,587        18,415
                                                                      ----------    ----------
           Total Liabilities                                           1,167,517     1,180,717
                                                                      ----------    ----------

Commitments and Contingencies

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock ($.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares
  authorized; none issued)                                                  -             -
Common stock ($.01 par value, 30,000,000 shares
  authorized; 16,000,000 issued; 9,919,927 and
  9,783,031 outstanding, respectively)                                       160           160
Additional paid-in capital                                               165,112       163,500
Retained income, substantially restricted                                311,436       289,588
Net unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale,
  net of tax                                                              28,469        21,795
Common stock held by Benefit Restoration Plan Trust,
  at cost (188,323 and 166,848 shares, respectively)                      (4,199)       (3,275)
Common stock held in treasury, at cost (6,080,073
  and 6,216,969 shares, respectively)                                   (133,464)     (136,469)
                                                                      ----------    ----------
           Total Stockholders' Equity                                    367,514       335,299
                                                                      ----------    ----------

           Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                 $1,535,031    $1,516,016
                                                                      ==========    ==========
<FN>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

JSB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
<CAPTION>

                                                              1997         1996        1995
                                                              ----         ----        ----
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>         <C>    
Interest Income:
  Mortgage loans, net                                      $  74,149    $  69,113   $  64,309
  Debt & equity securities, net                               19,584       21,695      27,545
  Collateralized mortgage obligations(CMOs), net               7,937       10,063       9,572
  Other loans, net                                             2,070        2,138       2,299
  Mortgage-backed securities(MBS), net                           499          739         969
  Federal funds sold                                           3,503        3,863       3,032
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------
    Total Interest Income                                    107,742      107,611     107,726
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------

Interest Expense:
  Deposits                                                    39,874       40,217      40,707
                                                           ---------     --------   ---------
    Net Interest Income                                       67,868       67,394      67,019
  Provision for Possible Loan Losses                             648          640         636
  (Recovery of) Provision for Possible Other Credit Losses      -          (2,040)      2,040
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------
    Net Interest Income After Provision
     for Possible Credit Losses                               67,220       68,794      64,343
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------

Non-Interest Income:
  Real estate operations, net                                 10,442        1,767       1,225
  Loan fees and service charges                                3,969        2,833       2,280
  Gain on sale of investments, net                             6,991            2        -
  Miscellaneous income                                           527          479         490
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------
    Total Non-Interest Income                                 21,929        5,081       3,995
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------

Non-Interest Expense:
  Compensation and benefits                                   15,921       16,412      16,579
  Occupancy and equipment expenses (net of rental
   income of $1,287, $1,126 and $1,199, respectively)          4,560        5,211       4,957
  Federal deposit insurance premiums                             149            2       1,477
  Advertising                                                  1,005        1,340       1,142
  Other real estate (income) expense, net                        (59)        (772)        209
  Other general and administrative                             5,858        5,405       5,197
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------
    Total Non-Interest Expense                                27,434       27,598      29,561
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------

   Income Before Provision for Income Taxes                   61,715       46,277      38,777
   Provision for Income Taxes                                 24,625       19,552      16,603
                                                           ---------    ---------   ---------

    Net Income                                             $  37,090    $  26,725   $  22,174
                                                           =========    =========   =========

Earnings and Cash Dividends per Common Share
 Basic earnings per common share                          $    3.76    $    2.66   $    2.09
 Diluted earnings per common share                        $    3.64    $    2.56   $    2.01


  Cash dividends per common share                         $    1.40    $    1.20   $    1.00

<FN>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

<TABLE>

JSB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 (In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997       1996      1995
                                                                 ----       ----      ----
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>       <C>  
Common Stock (Par value: $.01)
Balance at beginning and end of year                           $    160   $    160  $    160
                                                               --------   --------  --------

Additional Paid-in Capital
Balance at beginning of year                                    163,500    162,566   160,962
  Net allocation (distribution) of common stock
   for Benefit Restoration Plan                                     924          5      (199)
  Tax benefit for stock plans                                       688        599     1,645
  Reallocation of forfeited Bank Recognition and
   Retention Plans shares                                          -          -          158
  Compensation expense for 1996 stock option plan                  -           330      -
                                                               --------   --------  --------
Balance at end of year                                          165,112    163,500   162,566
                                                               --------   --------  --------

Retained Income, Substantially Restricted
Balance at beginning of year                                    289,588    276,317   266,361
  Net income                                                     37,090     26,725    22,174
  Loss on reissuance of treasury stock                           (1,437)    (1,364)   (1,602)
  Cash dividends on common stock ($1.40, $1.20, $1.00,
    respectively)                                               (13,805)   (12,090)  (10,616)
                                                                -------    -------   -------
Balance at end of year                                          311,436    289,588   276,317
                                                                -------    -------   -------

Net Unrealized Gain on Securities Available-for-Sale, Net of Tax
Balance at beginning of year                                     21,795     15,750     8,892
Change in net unrealized gains on securities available-
   for-sale (net of tax change of $5,371, $4,863 and
   $5,517, respectively)                                          6,674      6,045     6,858
                                                               --------   --------  --------
Balance at end of year                                           28,469     21,795    15,750
                                                               --------   --------  --------

Unearned Common Stock Held by Bank Recognition and
 Retention Plans
Balance at beginning of year                                       -          -         (516)
  Earned during the period                                         -          -          516
                                                               --------   --------  --------
Balance at end of year                                             -          -         -
                                                               --------   --------  --------

Common Stock Held by Benefit Restoration Plan Trust, at Cost
Balance at beginning of year                                     (3,275)    (3,270)   (3,469)
  Common stock acquired                                            (934)       (11)       (9)
  Common stock distributed                                           10          6       208
                                                               --------    -------  --------
Balance at end of year                                           (4,199)    (3,275)   (3,270)
                                                               --------    -------  --------

Common Stock Held in Treasury, at Cost
Balance at beginning of year                                   (136,469)  (111,416) (104,756)
  Common stock reacquired                                          -       (27,650)   (9,881)
  Common stock reissued for options exercised                     3,005      2,597     3,221
                                                               --------   --------  --------
Balance at end of year                                         (133,464)  (136,469) (111,416)
                                                               --------   --------  --------
Total Stockholders' Equity                                     $367,514   $335,299  $340,107
                                                               ========   ========  ========
<FN>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>



<PAGE>
<TABLE>


JSB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 (In Thousands)
<CAPTION>

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                        1997         1996          1995
                                                             ----         ----          ----
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>           <C>      
Net income                                               $  37,090    $  26,725     $  22,174
Adjustments  to  reconcile   net  income  to  net
  cash  provided  by  operating   activities:
Provision for possible loan losses                             648          640           636
(Recovery of) provision for possible other credit losses      -          (2,040)        2,040
Loss on Nationar capital stock                                -            -               38
Net gain on sale/redemption of equity securities            (6,991)          (2)         -
Decrease in deferred loan fees and discounts, net             (418)        (593)         (608)
Accretion of discount (in excess of) less than
 amortization of premium on MBS and CMOs                      (300)        (578)          320
Accretion of discount in excess of amortization
 of premium on debt securities                                (337)        (249)         (248)
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment      1,891        1,826         1,920
Mortgage loans originated for sale                          (1,612)      (1,621)       (1,792)
Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans originated for sale     1,636        1,737         1,818
Gain on sale of mortgage and other loans                       (35)         (53)          (61)
Expense recognized for Bank Recognition and Retention Plans   -            -              675
Tax benefit for stock plans credited to capital                688          599         1,645
Gain on sale of real estate held for sale                   (9,992)        (571)         (587)
Decrease in interest due and accrued                            32        3,597           752
Transfer of federal funds sold to Nationar to
 claims receivable                                            -            -          (10,205)
Payments received against Nationar claim                      -          10,205          -
Net gain on sale of other real estate                         (144)        (688)         -
Increase (decrease) in official bank checks outstanding        761      (14,748)        3,986
Other                                                          137        1,547        (1,389)
                                                         ---------    ---------     ---------
  Net cash provided by operating activities                 23,054       25,733        21,114
                                                         ---------    ---------     ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Loans originated:
 Mortgage loans                                           (205,174)    (136,218)      (77,826)
 Other loans                                               (21,010)     (19,032)      (25,718)
Purchases of CMOs held-to-maturity                         (55,035)    (124,275)      (67,889)
Purchases of debt securities held-to-maturity and
 securities available-for-sale                            (499,920)    (534,569)     (300,047)
Principal payments on:
 Mortgage loans                                             60,833       46,506        22,672
 Other loans                                                19,025       19,656        22,556
 CMOs                                                      106,545      114,105       237,060
 MBS                                                         1,590        2,047         2,324
Proceeds from maturities of U.S. Government and
 federal agency securities                                 555,000      675,000       265,000
Proceeds from sale of other loans                              681          934         1,372
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock                     (786)        (557)         (188)



                                                                                  (Continued)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>


JSB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - CONTINUED
Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995  (In Thousands)
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997         1996           1995
                                                             ----         ----           ----

<S>                                                      <C>          <C>           <C>   
Proceeds from sale/redemption of equity securities           7,813           30          -
Purchases of premises and equipment, net of disposals       (2,091)      (3,498)       (2,647)
Net decrease in real estate held-for-investment,
  excluding transfers to held-for-sale                        -             313           168
Proceeds from sale of real estate held-for-sale             17,703          571           587
Proceeds from sale of Other real estate                        688        2,759          -
Net (increase) decrease in real estate holdings,
  excluding sales                                              (16)       1,522         1,995
                                                           --------     -------       -------
  Net cash (used by) provided by investing activities      (14,154)      45,294        79,419
                                                           -------      -------       -------


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net decrease in deposits                                   (23,190)     (19,053)      (40,978)
Increase (decrease) in advance payments for real
 estate taxes and insurance                                  2,057           34           (79)
Proceeds upon exercise of common stock options               1,568        1,233         1,619
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders                 (13,805)     (12,090)      (10,616)
Payments to repurchase common stock                           -         (27,650)       (9,881)
                                                         ---------    ---------     ---------
   Net cash used by financing activities                   (33,370)     (57,526)      (59,935)
                                                         ---------    ---------     ---------

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents       (24,470)      13,501        40,598
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year              99,394       85,893        45,295
                                                         ---------    ---------     ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                 $  74,924    $  99,394     $  85,893
                                                         =========    =========     =========


Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for:
 Interest on deposits                                    $  39,881    $  40,215     $  40,721
                                                         =========    =========     =========
 Income taxes                                            $  32,036    $  22,370     $  18,216
                                                         =========    =========     =========


Supplemental Disclosures of Noncash Investing and
 Financing Activities
Real estate acquired through foreclosure                 $     540    $   8,190     $    -
                                                         =========    =========     =========
Transfer of real estate held-for-investment
  to held-for-sale                                       $   6,145    $    -        $    -
                                                         =========    =========     =========

Mortgage originated upon sale of real estate
 from the held-for-sale portfolio and other real
 estate                                                  $      33    $   6,675     $    -
                                                         =========    =========     =========

Deferred tax liability on securities available-for-sale  $  22,905    $  17,534     $  12,671
                                                         =========    =========     =========





<FN>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>




                       JSB FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



NOTE (1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RELATED MATTERS

     JSB  Financial,  Inc.(the  Company or the Parent) is a unitary  savings and
loan holding company.  The Company holds all of the outstanding  common stock of
its  subsidiary,  Jamaica  Savings  Bank FSB (the Bank or the  Subsidiary).  The
Company is subject to the financial  reporting  requirements  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.

(a)  Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
     The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with
generally  accepted  accounting   principles.   In  preparing  the  consolidated
financial  statements,  management is required to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the  reported  amounts of assets,  liabilities  and  disclosures  of
contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated statements
of financial  condition  and  revenues  and expenses for the periods  presented.
Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

     Material estimates that are particularly  susceptible to significant change
relate  to the  determination  of the  allowances  for  credit  losses  and  the
valuation  of real  estate  held-for-sale  and other real  estate  (referred  to
collectively as real estate holdings). These estimates are primarily reactive to
actual and  anticipated  changes in the real estate  market,  the economy in the
Bank's market area and debtors'  financial  condition.  In  connection  with the
determination of allowances,  management reviews:  loan performance;  historical
trends;  appraisals of real estate holdings and properties securing  significant
mortgages;  investment ratings for equity securities;  and capital and liquidity
levels for correspondent banks, on an ongoing basis.

     The ultimate  collection  of the Bank's loan  portfolio and the recovery of
its various  real estate  holdings  is  affected by economic  conditions  in the
Bank's market area and changes  thereto.  The Bank's  mortgage loans are secured
primarily by properties located in the New York-metropolitan  area. In addition,
all real estate holdings are located in the same market area.

     Management  believes  that the  allowances  for loan losses as presented in
these consolidated  financial  statements are adequate.  Future additions to the
allowances could be necessary based on changes in debtors' financial  condition,
economic conditions or if economic conditions differ from management's  previous
assessments.   Various  regulatory  agencies,  as  an  integral  part  of  their
examination process,  periodically review the Bank's allowances for losses. Such
agencies may require the Bank to recognize  additions to the allowances based on
their  judgments  about  information  available  to  them at the  time of  their
examination.

(b)  Principles of Consolidation
     The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Company
and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  the Bank,  as  consolidated  with the Bank's
wholly-owned   subsidiaries.   All   significant   intercompany   accounts   and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(c)  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
     For the  purposes of  reporting  cash  flows,  the  Company  considers  all
short-term  investments  with a maturity of less than three months from the date
of purchase to be cash equivalents.


<PAGE>


(d)  Securities
        The Company is required to report debt,  readily-marketable  equity, and
mortgage-backed   securities   in   one  of  the   following   categories:   (i)
"held-to-maturity" (when management has a positive intent and ability to hold to
maturity)  which are reported at amortized  cost;  (ii) "trading" (when held for
current  resale)  which  are  to be  reported  at  estimated  fair  value,  with
unrealized gains and losses included in earnings; and (iii) "available-for-sale"
(all other debt and equity  securities  not  designated as  held-to-maturity  or
trading) which are reported at estimated fair value,  with unrealized  gains and
losses excluded from earnings and reported,  net of tax, as a separate component
of stockholders'  equity. The designation of a security as  held-to-maturity  or
available-for-sale is made at the time of acquisition.

         Discounts  on debt  securities  are accreted to income and premiums are
amortized  against  income over the life of the  security  using a method  which
approximates  the  level  yield  method.  Gains  and  losses  on  the  sales  of
securities,  if  any,  are  recognized  upon  realization,  using  the  specific
identification method.

(e)  Loans
     Loans are carried at unpaid  principal  balances net of any  deferred  loan
fees and  unearned  discounts.  Discounts  are accreted to income using a method
which  approximates the level yield method,  over the composite  average life of
the loans.  Loan fees  received for  commitments  to make or purchase  loans are
deferred  and  accreted  into  income  over the life of the loan using the level
yield method.

         Interest  is accrued  monthly  on the  outstanding  balances  of loans.
Mortgages 90 days in arrears and/or loans where full collection of principal and
interest is  questionable  are placed on nonaccrual  status,  at which time loan
interest  due and accrued is  reversed  against  interest  income of the current
period.  A  nonaccrual  loan is restored to accrual  status when  principal  and
interest  payments  are current and full  payment of  principal  and interest is
expected.  Cash  receipts  on an  impaired  loan are  applied to  principal  and
interest  in  accordance  with the  contractual  terms of the loan  unless  full
payment of principal is not expected,  in which case both principal and interest
payments  received are netted  against the loan balance.  The Bank  continues to
accrue  interest  income on non-insured  other loans up to 120 days  delinquent,
beyond which time the loan balance is written off.

          In accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan" (Statement 114), and
the amendment thereof,  SFAS No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of
a Loan - Income Recognition  Disclosures" (Statement 118), the Company considers
a loan  impaired if it is  probable  that,  based upon  current  information,  a
creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the  contractual
terms of a loan  agreement.  Statement  114 does not  apply to large  groups  of
smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment
including the Company's  one-to  four-family  mortgage  loans and consumer loans
other than those  modified in a troubled  debt  restructure  (TDR).  The Company
generally  does not  consider  a loan  impaired  when the delay in the timing of
payments is three  months or less or the  shortfall in the amount of payments is
the lower of $10,000 or 1.0% of the loan amount.

     Loans  individually  reviewed for  impairment by the Company are limited to
loans  secured  by   multi-family,   commercial,   construction  and  underlying
cooperative  properties,  loans  modified  in TDRs  and  selected  large  one-to
four-family loans.  Examples of measurement  techniques  utilized by the Company
include present value of expected future cash flows,  the loan's market price if
one  exists  and the  estimated  fair  value  of the  collateral.  Reserves  are
established  against  impaired loans in amounts equal to the difference  between
the recorded  investment  in the asset and either the present  value of the cash
flows expected to be received, or the fair value of the underlying collateral if
foreclosure  is  deemed  probable  or  if  the  loan  is  considered  collateral
dependent. The Company's impaired loan identification and measurement process is
conducted  in  conjunction  with the  Company's  review of the  adequacy  of its
allowance for loan losses.

     A loan is deemed a TDR by the Company when  concessionary  modifications to
the original contractual terms are made for economic or legal reasons related to
the debtor's financial  difficulties.  Loans modified in a TDR subsequent to the
1995  adoption  of  Statement  114 are  considered  impaired,  unless in periods
subsequent to  restructuring  the loan is performing in accordance  with the new
terms of the agreement and such terms reflect those that would be offered by the
Bank for a new credit.  Valuation allowances associated with such impaired loans
are  measured  in  accordance  with  Statement  114  throughout  the loan  term.
Modifications  made to loans in TDRs prior to the adoption of Statement 114 that
are not considered  impaired based on the terms of the  restructuring  agreement
continue to be accounted  for under  Statement  15,  "Accounting  by Debtors and
Creditors  for  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings",  and  are not  included  in the
Company's impaired loan statistics.

     Loans  originated  for sale are  carried  at the lower of unpaid  principal
balance,  net of any discounts and deferred fees or estimated fair value, in the
aggregate.

(f)  Allowance for Possible Loan Losses
     The allowance for possible loan losses is available for future  charge-offs
of loans.  The  allowance is increased by the provision for possible loan losses
made and recoveries of loans previously charged off. The allowance is reduced by
charge-offs,  in whole or in part, of problem loans.  The allowance for possible
loan losses is based on continuous  analysis of the loan  portfolio and reflects
an amount  which in  management's  judgment is adequate to provide for  possible
loan losses in the existing portfolio.  In evaluating the portfolio,  management
considers  numerous  factors,  such  as  the  Bank's  loan  growth,  prior  loss
experience,  present  and  potential  risks of the loan  portfolio  and  current
economic conditions and entails management's review of delinquency reports, loan
to value ratios, collateral condition and debt coverage ratios.

(g)  Premises and Equipment
        Depreciation is computed on the straight-line  method over the estimated
useful  life of the  related  assets.  Estimated  lives  are 15 to 60 years  for
buildings  and  5 to 8  years  for  furniture  and  fixtures.  Amortization  for
leasehold  improvements is computed on the straight-line  method over the lesser
of the term of the lease or the asset's  estimated  useful  life.  Premises  and
equipment are carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation.

(h)  Real Estate Holdings
     Real estate held-for-investment represents real estate properties financed,
owned and operated by the Bank's  subsidiaries.  Significant  improvements  have
been  made  to  the  properties,  thereby  increasing  the  amount  invested  in
individual  properties.  The properties were initially  recorded at the lower of
cost  or fair  value  at  acquisition  (if  foreclosed  property)  or  cost  (if
purchased) and subsequently  increased by capital  improvements and decreased by
depreciation.  Management  monitors  each  investment  on  a  continuous  basis.
Valuation allowances for estimated losses on real estate held-for-investment are
provided when a significant and permanent decline in value occurs.

     In the event of a change in classification  from  "held-for-investment"  to
"held-for-sale",  the  property's  carrying value is compared to fair value less
estimated selling costs (i.e. net fair value). If the carrying value exceeds net
fair value, the investment is adjusted down through a valuation  allowance,  and
subsequently carried at the lower of the carrying value or net fair value. As of
June 30, 1997, management  reclassified all real estate  held-for-investment  to
held-for-sale. (See Notes 11, 12 and 13.)

        Real estate held-for-sale is carried at lower of cost or net fair value.
Gains on the sale, if any, are  accounted  for using the cost  recovery  method.
Revenues and expenses from the  operations are  reflected,  as incurred,  in the
Company's operating results. (See Note 12.)

     Real estate properties  acquired through  foreclosure,  known as other real
estate  (ORE),  are  recorded at the lower of the net unpaid loan balance at the
foreclosure  date plus related costs,  or net fair value.  Subsequent  valuation
adjustments are made if the net fair value decreases below the carrying  amount.
Gains,  if any,  on the sale of ORE are  accounted  for using the cost  recovery
method.

(i)  Income Taxes
      The Company follows SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (Statement
109), which requires the asset/liability  method of accounting for income taxes.
Under the asset/liability  method,  deferred income taxes are recognized for the
tax consequences of "temporary  differences" by applying  enacted  statutory tax
rates,  applicable  to  future  years,  to  differences  between  the  financial
statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities.
Under  Statement  109,  deferred tax assets are  recognized if it is more likely
than not that a future benefit will be realized. It is management's position, as
currently supported by the facts and circumstances,  that no valuation allowance
is necessary against any of the Company's deferred tax assets (See Note 14.)

(j)  Stock Based Compensation
    In October,  1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB) issued
SFAS  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation"  (Statement  123).
Statement 123 applies to all  transactions  in which an entity acquires goods or
services by issuing  equity  instruments or by incurring  liabilities  where the
payment  amounts  are based on the  entity's  common  stock  price,  except  for
employee stock ownership plans.

     Statement  123  established  a fair value based  method of  accounting  for
stock-based  compensation  arrangements with employees rather than the intrinsic
value based method that is contained in Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No.
25 (Opinion 25).  Statement 123 does not require an entity to adopt the new fair
value based  method for purposes of preparing  its basic  financial  statements.
While the  Statement 123 fair value based method is considered by the FASB to be
preferable  to the  Opinion 25 method,  entities  may opt to continue to use the
method  prescribed  by Opinion 25.  Entities  not  adopting the fair value based
method  under  Statement  123 are  required  to present pro forma net income and
earnings per share,  in the notes to the  financial  statements,  as if the fair
value based method had been adopted.

     The accounting requirements of Statement 123 are effective for transactions
entered  into  during  fiscal  years that begin after  December  15,  1995.  The
disclosure  requirements  became  effective for financial  statements for fiscal
years  beginning  after  December 15, 1995,  or for any earlier  fiscal year for
which Statement 123 was initially adopted for recognizing compensation cost. Pro
forma  disclosures  required for entities that elect to continue to measure cost
using the  Opinion 25 method must  include the effects of all awards  granted in
fiscal  years that begin after  December  15, 1994.  Pro forma  disclosures  for
awards granted in the first fiscal year, beginning after December 15, 1994, need
not be  included  in  financial  statements  for that  fiscal year but should be
presented  subsequently  whenever financial  statements for that fiscal year are
presented for comparative  purposes with financial  statements for a later year.
During 1996, the Company adopted the disclosure  provisions of Statement 123 and
continues  to measure cost using the Opinion 25 method for purposes of preparing
its consolidated financial statements,  therefore, the adoption of Statement 123
had no impact on the  Company's  financial  condition or results of  operations.
(See Note 22.)



<PAGE>


(k)  Earnings Per Share
        Effective December 31, 1997, the Company adopted SFAS No. 128, "Earnings
Per Share"  (Statement 128).  Statement 128 establishes  standards for computing
and  presenting  earnings per share (EPS) and applies to entities  with publicly
held common  stock or potential  common  stock.  Statement  128  simplifies  the
standards for  computing EPS  previously  found in Accounting  Principles  Board
Opinion No. 15,  "Earnings Per Share" (Opinion 15), and makes them comparable to
international EPS standards.  Statement 128 replaces the presentation of primary
EPS with a presentation of basic EPS and replaces fully diluted EPS with diluted
EPS.  Statement 128 requires dual  presentation  of basic and diluted EPS on the
face of the income  statement for all entities with complex  capital  structures
and requires a reconciliation  of the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS
computation  to the numerator and  denominator  of the diluted EPS  computation.
(See Note 15.)

        Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available
to  common  stockholders  by  the  weighted-average   number  of  common  shares
outstanding  for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the  potential  dilution that
could  occur  if  securities  or other  contracts  to issue  common  stock  were
exercised or  converted  into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common
stock that then shared in the  earnings  of the entity.  Diluted EPS is computed
similarly to fully diluted EPS pursuant to Opinion 15. This  Statement  required
restatement of all prior-period EPS data presented.

(l)  Treasury Stock
     Repurchases  of common  stock  are  accounted  for  under the cost  method,
whereby shares  repurchased are recorded in a contra-equity  account.  (See Note
2.)

(m)  Reclassification
     Reclassifications  have been made to prior  year  financial  statements  to
conform with the 1997 presentation.


 NOTE (2) STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAMS
      The Company did not repurchase any of its outstanding  common stock during
1997. For the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1995,  the Company  repurchased
845,000 and 339,485  shares at an average  price of $32.72 and $29.11 per share,
respectively. The Company issued 136,896, 123,256 and 161,860 shares of treasury
stock for options exercised during 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. There were
6,080,073 and  6,216,969  shares of common stock in the treasury at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively.



<PAGE>


NOTE (3) SECURITIES
     The  following  tables  set  forth  information   regarding  the  Company's
securities as of December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997
                                                         ----
Securities Available-for-Sale:
- ------------------------------
                                                Estimated        Gross Unrealized
                                      Cost      Fair Value      Gains       Losses
                                      ----      ----------      -----       ------
                                                     (In Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>    
Marketable equity securities        $ 10,869    $ 62,243       $51,462      $    88
                                    ========    ========       =======      =======

Securities Held-to-Maturity:
- ----------------------------

                                    Amortized   Estimated         Gross Unrealized
                                      Cost      Fair Value       Gains       Losses
                                      ----      ----------       -----       ------
                                                     (In Thousands)
U.S. Government and Federal
  Agency securities                 $244,903    $245,367       $   464      $  -

CMOs, net                            104,040     104,270           295           65

MBS:
  GNMA*                                3,640       3,944           304         -
  FNMA*                                  106         115             9         -
  Freddie Mac*                           278         300            22         -
                                    --------    --------       -------      -------
 Total MBS, net                        4,024       4,359           335         -
                                    --------    --------       -------      -------
     Total                          $352,967    $353,996       $ 1,094      $    65
                                    ========    ========       =======      =======

                                                         1996
                                                         ----
Securities Available-for-Sale:
- ------------------------------
                                                Estimated        Gross Unrealized
                                      Cost      Fair Value      Gains       Losses
                                      ----      ----------      -----       ------
                                                     (In Thousands)
Marketable equity securities        $ 11,692    $ 51,021       $39,368      $    39
                                    ========    ========       =======      =======

Securities Held-to-Maturity:
- ----------------------------

                                    Amortized   Estimated        Gross Unrealized
                                      Cost      Fair Value      Gains       Losses
                                      ----      ----------      -----       ------
                                                     (In Thousands)
U.S. Government and Federal
  Agency securities                 $299,645    $300,262       $   617      $  -

CMOs, net                            155,272     155,421           436          287

MBS:
  GNMA                                 4,999       5,455           456         -
  FNMA                                   152         166            14         -
 Freddie Mac                             441         480            39         -
                                    --------    --------       -------      -------
 Total MBS, net                        5,592       6,101           509         -
                                    --------    --------       -------      -------
     Total                          $460,509    $461,784       $ 1,562      $   287
                                    ========    ========       =======      =======

<FN>
     * Definitions:  GNMA - Government  National  Mortgage  Association;  FNMA -
     Federal  National  Mortgage  Association;  Freddie Mac - Federal  Home Loan
     Mortgage Corporation
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

     CMOs represent participating interests in pools of long-term first mortgage
loans originated and serviced by the issuers of the securities.  All of the CMOs
held by the Company consist of First  Tranche-Planned  Amortization  Class Bonds
collateralized by FNMA, Freddie Mac and GNMA mortgage-backed securities which in
turn are  collateralized  by whole loans.  MBS  represent  securities  issued by
governmental mortgage agencies and collateralized by mortgage loans.

     During 1997, the Bank sold or redeemed  marketable equity securities with a
cost of $823,000,  realizing  gross gains of  $6,991,000  and no losses.  During
1996, the Bank sold or redeemed  marketable equity securities  totaling $30,000,
realizing gross gains of $4,000 and gross losses of $2,000.  There were no sales
of securities during 1995.

<TABLE>
     Presented in the table below is the contractual maturity distribution,  for
debt securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 1997:
<CAPTION>

                                   Amortized           Estimated
                                     Cost              Fair Value
                                     ----              ----------
                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                <C>                  <C>     
Within 1 year                      $235,117             $235,515
After 1 year through 5 years         31,198               31,332
After 5 years through 10 years       83,783               84,051
After 10 years                        2,869                3,098
                                   --------             --------
    Total                          $352,967             $353,996
                                   ========             ========
</TABLE>

     Actual  maturities  of CMOs  and  MBS may  differ  substantially  from  the
presentation,  due to prepayment activity. The table reflects the balance of the
entire security in the category in which the final contractual payment is due.

     The Bank loans  securities  to  specified  brokerage  houses.  These loaned
securities  are  collateralized  at a minimum  of 102% of their  fair value with
government  securities  and/or  cash.  To  protect  the Bank's  investment,  the
agreements  contain provisions to increase the collateral  obtained,  should the
fair value of the  collateral  decline or the fair value of the security  loaned
increase.  Upon termination of the agreement,  securities loaned are returned to
the Bank. The following  table reflects the carrying value of securities  loaned
and their estimated fair value and the estimated fair value of the collateral at
December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1997              1996
                                               ----              ----
                                                   (In Thousands)

<S>                                           <C>              <C>  
Amortized cost - Securities loaned            $ 79,970         $   -
                                              ========         ========

Estimated fair value - Securities loaned      $ 80,188         $   -
                                              ========         ========

Estimated fair value - Collateral             $ 82,069         $   -
                                              ========         ========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

NOTE (4)  OTHER INVESTMENTS

<TABLE>
     Other investments at December 31, 1997 and 1996 were as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                       1997                     1996
                                       ----                     ----
                                           Estimated                Estimated
                                Carrying     Fair        Carrying     Fair
                                 Value       Value        Value      Value   
                                 -----       -----        -----      -----   
                                             (In Thousands)

  <S>                          <C>          <C>             <C>       <C>     
  Investment required by law*  $  7,615     $  7,615        $  6,829  $  6,829
  Other stock                        30           30              30        30
                               --------     --------        --------  --------
   Total other investments     $  7,645     $  7,645        $  6,859  $  6,859
                               ========     ========        ========  ========

<FN>
* The Bank is required to hold shares of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York.
</FN>
</TABLE>

NOTE (5)  LOANS

     Loans are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   December 31,
                                                   ------------
                                           1997                   1996
                                           ----                   ----
                                                   (In Thousands)
<S>                                      <C>                    <C> 
Mortgage loans:
  One-to four-family                     $ 73,757               $ 76,848
  Multi-family                            563,205                433,224
  Underlying cooperative*                 267,942                262,221
  Commercial                               71,839                 61,829
  Construction                              3,067                  1,836
                                         --------               --------
   Total mortgage loans                   979,810                835,958
                                         --------               --------

Deferred loan fees and unearned
 discounts                                 (3,332)                (3,730)
Allowance for possible loan losses         (5,741)                (5,176)
                                         --------               --------

   Total mortgage loans, net             $970,737               $827,052
                                         ========               ========

Other loans:
  Student                                $  5,213               $  6,204
  Consumer                                  4,775                  4,350
  Loans secured by deposit accounts         8,189                  8,328
  Overdraft loans                             227                    237
  Property improvement                     10,744                  8,775
                                         --------               --------
   Total other loans                       29,148                 27,894
                                         --------               --------

Unearned discounts                             (1)                   (21)
Allowance for possible loan losses           (139)                  (151)
                                         --------               --------

   Total other loans, net                $ 29,008               $ 27,722
                                         ========               ========

<FN>
* Underlying  cooperative loans are first liens on cooperative  property and are
senior to loans on the individual units commonly called cooperative share loans.
</FN>
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


NOTE (6)  LOAN DELINQUENCIES
     Information regarding loans delinquent 90 days or more at December 31, 1997
and 1996 is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1997                   1996
                                              ----                   ----
                                        Number   Principal     Number   Principal
                                          of      balance        of      balance
                                        loans    of loans      loans    of loans
                                        -----    --------      -----    --------
                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                     <C> <C>   <C>            <C> <C>  <C>
          Delinquent loans:
           Guaranteed*                   82       $   500        144      $   692
           Non-guaranteed                 5        12,769         15       13,459
                                        ---       -------        ---      -------

          Total delinquencies
           over 90 days                  87       $13,269        159      $14,151
                                        ===       =======        ===      =======

          Ratio of loans 90 days
           or more past due to
           total gross loans                1.32%                    1.64%
                                            ====                     ====

<FN>
     *These loans are guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans
       Administration or the New York State Higher Education Services Corporation.
</FN>
</TABLE>

        At December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996,  there was one mortgage loan
with a balance of  $12,754,000 on non-accrual  status.  Net interest  income was
reduced by approximately $1,180,000, $1,180,000 and $197,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 in connection with non-accrual loans.

<TABLE>
     The following table summarizes information regarding the Company's impaired
loans at December 31:
<CAPTION>
                                                        1997
                                                        ----
                                                      Allowance
                                         Recorded     for Loan        Net
                                        Investment     Losses     Investment
                                        ----------     ------     ----------
                                                    (In Thousands)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>         <C> 
Underlying Cooperative:
  With a related allowance               $  -          $  -        $  -
  Without a related allowance             12,754          -         12,754
                                         -------       -------     -------
 Total Impaired Loans                    $12,754       $  -        $12,754
                                         =======       =======     =======

                                                        1996
                                                        ----
                                                      Allowance
                                         Recorded     for Loan        Net
                                        Investment     Losses     Investment
                                        ----------     ------     ----------
                                                    (In Thousands)
Underlying Cooperative:
  With a related allowance               $  -          $  -        $  -
  Without a related allowance             12,754          -         12,754
                                         -------       -------     -------
 Total Impaired Loans                    $12,754       $  -        $12,754
                                         =======       =======     =======
</TABLE>

         There were no loans  included in the above table which were modified in
a TDR.  The entire  balance of impaired  loans at December 31, 1997 and December
31, 1996  represents  one loan on  non-accrual  status.  The average  balance of
impaired loans for both 1997 and 1996 was $12,754,000 and for 1995 was $208,000.
There was no interest  income  recorded  for  impaired  loans (for the period in
which the loans were  identified  as  impaired)  during 1997 and 1996.  For both
years ended  December  31, 1997 and 1996,  impaired  loans  resulted in foregone
interest of $1,180,000.  At December 31, 1997 and 1996, loans  restructured in a
TDR,  other than those  classified as impaired loans and/or  non-accrual  loans,
were $1,840,000 and $1,874,000, respectively. Interest forfeited attributable to
these loans was $62,000,  each for the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and
1995.



<PAGE>


NOTE (7)  ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES
<TABLE>
     Activity  in the  allowance  for  possible  loan losses for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 is summarized as follows:
<CAPTION>
                                          Mortgage loans               Other loans
                                    1997       1996      1995      1997   1996   1995
                                    ----       ----      ----      ----   ----   ----
                                                     (In Thousands)

<S>                                 <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>    <C> 
Balance at beginning of period      $5,176     $4,575    $3,976    $151   $122   $109
Provision for possible loan losses     600        600       600      48     40     36
Loans charged off                      (35)      -           (1)    (72)   (33)   (43)
Recoveries of loans previously
   charged off                        -             1      -         12     22     20
                                    ------     ------    ------    ----   ----   ----
Balance at end of period            $5,741     $5,176    $4,575    $139   $151   $122
                                    ======     ======    ======    ====   ====   ====
</TABLE>

NOTE (8)  MORTGAGE LOAN SERVICING
<TABLE>
     A summary of principal  balances,  servicing income and the number of loans
serviced  for others by the Bank at and for the years ended  December  31, 1997,
1996 and 1995 were as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                    1997       1996      1995
                                    ----       ----      ----
                                      (Dollars in Thousands)

         <S>                       <C>        <C>       <C>    
         Principal balances        $14,467    $16,016   $18,381
                                   =======    =======   =======

         Servicing income          $    25    $    39   $    47
                                   =======    =======   =======

         Number of loans               906      1,494     2,023
                                   =======      =====   =======
</TABLE>

     The balance of loans sold with full recourse was  $5,441,000 and $7,366,000
at  December  31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The Bank has not sold any loans
with  recourse  since 1985.  The Bank sold,  without  recourse,  $1,612,000  and
$1,715,000  of  mortgage  loans to FNMA  and/or  the State of New York  Mortgage
Association  (SONYMA)  during  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The Bank  retained
servicing  for  these  loans,  which  did not  result  in the  recording  of any
servicing assets.


<PAGE>


NOTE (9)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
<TABLE>
     Premises  and  equipment  at December  31, 1997 and 1996  consisted  of the
following:
<CAPTION>
                                    1997       1996
                                    ----       ----
                                     (In Thousands)

<S>                                <C>        <C>    
Banking houses and land            $21,709    $21,493
Furniture, fixtures and equipment   16,911     15,086
Safe deposit vaults                  1,016      1,016
                                    39,636     37,595
Less accumulated depreciation and
 amortization                       22,607     20,766

Premises and equipment, net        $17,029    $16,829
</TABLE>

     Depreciation  and  amortization  expense for the years ended  December  31,
1997, 1996 and 1995 was $1,891,000, $1,826,000 and $1,920,000, respectively.



<PAGE>


NOTE (10)  INTEREST DUE AND ACCRUED

<TABLE>

     Interest  due and accrued at December  31, 1997 and 1996  consisted  of the
following:
<CAPTION>
                                              1997       1996
                                              ----       ----
                                               (In Thousands)

<S>                                        <C>        <C>    
U.S. Government and Federal Agencies       $ 2,354    $ 2,655
CMOs                                           540        739
MBS                                             36         51
Mortgage and other loans                     6,348      5,865
                                           -------    -------
Total interest due and accrued             $ 9,278    $ 9,310
                                           =======    =======
</TABLE>

NOTE (11)  REAL ESTATE HELD-FOR-INVESTMENT
     Through its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  the Bank has  investments in real
estate.   On  June  30,   1997,   management   reclassified   all  real   estate
held-for-investment to held-for-sale. As of December 31, 1996, the components of
the net asset amounts of real estate held-for-investment were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          1996
                                          ----
                                     (In Thousands)
<S>                                     <C>    
Buildings, net                          $ 4,000
Land                                      1,561
Accrued interest and other assets         1,385
Other liabilities                          (864)
                                        -------
       Net assets                       $ 6,082
                                        =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
     The  summarized  statements  of  operations  for  the  Bank's  wholly-owned
subsidiaries that comprise real estate held-for-investment,  for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were as follows:
<CAPTION>


                                      1997        1996       1995
                                      ----        ----       ----
                                              (In Thousands)

<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>   
Rental income                        $1,478     $4,020     $4,236
Net interest income                       2          4          5
Other income                             17        652        210
                                     ------     ------     ------
    Total income                      1,497      4,676      4,451
                                     ------     ------     ------

Real estate taxes                       246        566        574
Operating and other expenses            647      3,087      3,376
                                     ------     ------     ------
    Total expenses                      893      3,653      3,950
                                     ------     ------     ------

Income from real estate held-
  for-investment 1                   $  604     $1,023    $   501
                                     ======     ======    =======

<FN>
1 On June 30, 1997, management reclassified all real estate  held-for-investment
to  held-for-sale.  In October,  1997, a commercial office tower located at 1995
Broadway,  New York and  previously  classified  held-for-investment  was  sold,
resulting in a pre-tax gain of $9,163,000.
</FN>
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


NOTE (12)  REAL ESTATE HELD-FOR-SALE AND OTHER REAL ESTATE
<TABLE>
      The following  summarizes real estate properties owned by the Bank through
its real estate subsidiaries at December 31:
<CAPTION>

                                                   1997         1996
                                                   ----         ----
                                                    (In Thousands)
     <S>                                          <C>          <C>
     Real Estate Held-for-Sale1
     Condominium Property                         $2,752       $4,589
     Land                                            130         -
     Buildings                                       140         -
     Accrued interest and other assets               372         -
     Liabilities                                    (417)        -
                                                  ------       ------
        Net Assets                                 2,977        4,589
                                                  ------       ------
     Other Real Estate
     Cooperative apartments                          473          647
                                                  ------       ------

     Total Real Estate Held-for-Sale and ORE      $3,450       $5,236
                                                  ======       ======
<FN>

1  During  1997,  all  real  estate   held-for-investment  was  reclassified  to
held-for-sale.  (See Note 11.) In addition to the  cooperative  apartments  that
comprised ORE,  several of the Bank's wholly owned  subsidiaries own cooperative
apartments in various buildings, which are carried at zero cost and are included
in Real Estate  Held-for-Sale.  At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  138 and 158 such
cooperative apartments remained available-for-sale, respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>


NOTE (13)  REAL ESTATE OPERATIONS, NET
<TABLE>
        Results of real estate operations for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995 were as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                                1997             1996            1995
                                                ----             ----            ----
                                                            (In Thousands)

<S>                                           <C>               <C>             <C> 
Income from real estate held
 for investment, net  (See Note 11.)          $   604           $1,023          $  501
                                              -------           ------          ------

Real estate held for sale:
  Rental income, net of expenses                 (154)             173             137
  Gain on sale1                                 9,992              571             587
                                              -------           ------          ------
                                                9,838              744             724
                                              -------           ------          ------

  Real estate operations, net                 $10,442           $1,767          $1,225
                                              =======           ======          ======
<FN>

      1 Includes gains on the sale of cooperative  apartments,  owned by various
of the Bank's wholly-owned subsidiaries, which are carried at zero cost, and for
1997, the $9,163,000 pre-tax gain on the sale of an office tower (see Note 11.)
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


NOTE (14)  INCOME TAXES
<TABLE>
      The 1997,  1996 and 1995  provisions  for income tax were comprised of the
following amounts:
<CAPTION>

                                 1997              1996               1995
                                 ----              ----               ----
                                              (In Thousands)

<S>                            <C>               <C>                <C>  
Current:
  Federal                      $18,877           $12,870            $11,657
  State and local                5,652             5,630              5,344
                               -------           -------            -------
                                24,529            18,500             17,001
                               -------           -------            -------

Deferred:
  Federal                           66               703               (133)
  State and local                   30               349               (265)
                               -------           -------            -------
                                    96             1,052               (398)
                               -------           -------            -------

Provision for income taxes     $24,625           $19,552            $16,603
                               =======           =======            =======
</TABLE>

     For the  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996  and  1995,  the  Company
recognized  tax benefits  relating to its stock  option and other stock  benefit
plans of $688,000,  $599,000 and $1,645,000,  respectively,  which were credited
directly to stockholders' equity.

<TABLE>
     A  reconciliation  of the statutory  U.S.  federal income tax provision and
rate,  to the  actual  tax  provision  and  effective  rate for the years  ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                 1997                 1996               1995
                                 ----                 ----               ----
                                    % of                 % of                % of
                                   pre tax              pre tax             pre tax
                           Amount  earnings     Amount  earnings    Amount  earnings
                           ------  --------     ------  --------    ------  --------
                                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>   
Statutory rate             $21,600   35.00%      $16,197    35.00%   $13,572   35.00%
Dividends received
 exclusion                    (246)   (.40)         (235)    (.51)      (218)   (.56)
State and local income
 taxes, net of Federal
 income tax benefit          3,693    5.98         3,886     8.40      3,301    8.51
Other, net                    (422)   (.68)         (296)    (.64)       (52)   (.13)
                           -------   -----       -------    -----    -------   -----

Provision for income taxes $24,625   39.90%      $19,552    42.25%   $16,603   42.82%
                           =======   =====       =======    =====    =======   =====
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
        At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  deferred tax assets and liabilities were
comprised of the following:
<CAPTION>

                                                    1997          1996
                                                    ----          ----
                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>
Deferred Tax Assets:
Deferred profits on unsold cooperative shares     $  1,955      $  2,308
Allowance for possible loan losses                   2,621         2,375
Benefit plan costs                                   1,830         1,877
Loan fees and mortgage discounts                       415           517
Other                                                  561           485
                                                  --------       -------
  Deferred tax assets                                7,382         7,562
                                                  --------       -------

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Securities available-for-sale                      (22,905)      (17,534)
Depreciation                                           (21)          (46)
Cash basis mortgages                                   (84)         (144)
                                                  --------       -------
  Deferred tax liabilities                         (23,010)      (17,724)
                                                  --------       -------

  Deferred tax liability, net                     $(15,628)     $(10,162)
                                                  ========      ========
</TABLE>


     Under the Federal law that existed  prior to 1996,  the Bank was  generally
allowed a special bad debt deduction in determining income for tax purposes. The
deduction was based on either an  experience  formula or a percentage of taxable
income before such deduction  (reserve  method).  The reserve method was used in
preparing  the income tax  returns for 1995.  Legislation  was enacted in August
1996 which repealed the reserve method for tax purposes.  As a result,  the Bank
must instead use the direct charge-off method to compute its bad debt deduction.

     Pursuant to Statement  109,  the Bank is generally  not required to provide
deferred taxes for the difference between book and tax bad debt expense taken in
years  prior to,  or  ending at  December  31,  1987,  referred  to as base year
reserves.  The  recapture tax on post 1987 reserves must be paid over a six year
period  starting in 1996.  The payment of the tax was deferred in 1996 and 1997,
as the Bank  originated  at least the same average  annual  principal  amount of
mortgage  loans that it originated in the six years prior to 1996. The base year
reserves of $85,107,000 and supplemental reserve are frozen, not forgiven. These
reserves  continue to be segregated as they are subject to recapture  penalty if
one of the following  occurs:  (a) the Bank's retained  earnings  represented by
this  reserve  are used for  purposes  other  than to  absorb  losses  on loans,
including excess dividends or distributions in liquidation; (b) the Bank redeems
its stock; (c) the Bank fails to meet the definition  provided by the Code for a
Bank.  Future changes in the Federal tax law, could of course further affect the
status of the base year reserve. (See Note 17.)

     New York State and the City of New York adopted  legislation  to reform the
franchise taxation of thrift reserves for loan losses.  The legislation  applies
to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1995. The legislation, among other
things, retained the reserve method for bad debt deductions.  The New York State
and the City of New  York bad debt  deduction  is no  longer  predicated  on the
Federal deduction.


<PAGE>


NOTE (15)  EARNINGS PER SHARE
<TABLE>
        The  following  is a  reconciliation  of the  denominators  of basic and
diluted EPS  computations  for net income.  The numerator for  calculating  both
basic and diluted earnings per share for the Company is net income.
<CAPTION>
                                            For the Year Ended December 31,
                                            1997         1996*        1995*
                                            -------------------------------
                                           (In Thousands, Except EPS Amounts)

<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>    
Numerator -  Net Income                    $37,090      $26,725      $22,174

Basic EPS: Denominator
  Weighted Average Shares                    9,858       10,062       10,604

Basic EPS                                    $3.76        $2.66        $2.09
                                             =====        =====        =====

Diluted EPS: Denominator
  Weighted Average Shares                    9,858       10,062       10,604
  Incremental shares-options                   332          374          449
                                            ------       ------       ------
                                            10,190       10,436       11,053

Diluted EPS                                  $3.64        $2.56        $2.01
                                             =====        =====        =====
<FN>

*  Earnings  per  share  for 1996  and 1995  have  been  restated,  as required,
 for the adoption of Statement 128. (See Note 1(k).)
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


NOTE (16)  DEPOSITS
<TABLE>
      Deposits at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are summarized as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                        1997                            1996
                          ------------------------------     ----------------------------
                          Stated                             Stated
                           rate       Amount     Percent      rate       Amount   Percent
                           ----       ------     -------      ----       ------   -------
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                    <C>         <C>            <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>
Balance by interest rate:

    Demand                 -  %    $   32,132       2.87%      -  %   $   31,940    2.79%
    Negotiable order of
     withdrawal (NOW)     2.47         35,401       3.16      2.47        36,256    3.17
    Money market          2.96         79,007       7.05      2.96        89,081    7.78
    Passbook and lease
     security             2.71        565,130      50.40      2.71       599,951   52.43

    Certificates:      4.67- 5.00      44,646       3.98   4.14- 5.00    174,155   15.22
                       5.01- 6.00     343,864      30.67   5.01- 6.00    187,890   16.42
                       6.01- 7.00      21,023       1.87   6.01- 7.00     25,120    2.19
                                   ----------     ------              ----------  ------
                                      409,533      36.52                 387,165   33.83
                                   ----------     ------              ----------  ------
Deposits                           $1,121,203     100.00%             $1,144,393  100.00%
                                   ==========     ======              ==========  ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
        At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  the scheduled  maturities of certificate
accounts were as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                     1997                        1996
                                     ----                        ----
                              Amount      Percent          Amount     Percent
                              ------      -------          ------     -------
                                          (Dollars in Thousands)

   <S>                       <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>   
   12 months or less         $344,893      84.22%         $323,788     83.63%
   13 to 24 months             35,437       8.65            34,452      8.90
   25 to 36 months             14,573       3.56            13,939      3.60
   37 to 48 months             14,630       3.57            14,969      3.87
   49 to 60 months               -           -                  17       -
                             --------     ------          --------    ------
                             $409,533     100.00%         $387,165    100.00%
                             ========     ======          ========    ======
</TABLE>

        At  December  31,  1997 and  1996,  certificate  accounts  in  excess of
$100,000,  were $41,551,000 and $32,676,000,  respectively.  The Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, an agency of the U.S. Government,  generally insures each
depositor's savings up to $100,000, through the Bank Insurance Fund.

<TABLE>
     Interest expense on deposit balances is summarized as follows for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995:
<CAPTION>

                                       1997        1996       1995
                                       ----        ----       ----
                                             (In Thousands)
<S>                                   <C>         <C>        <C>    
Passbook and lease security           $15,677     $16,722    $19,063
Certificates                           20,768      19,777     17,649
Money market                            2,549       2,819      3,051
NOW                                       880         899        944
                                      -------     -------    -------

Total interest expense                $39,874     $40,217    $40,707
                                      =======     =======    =======
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


NOTE (17)  RETAINED INCOME, SUBSTANTIALLY RESTRICTED
         In the unlikely  event of a complete  liquidation of the Bank (and only
in such an event) eligible depositors who continue to maintain accounts shall be
entitled  to receive a  distribution  from the  liquidation  account,  which was
established in connection with the Company's initial public stock offering.  The
total  amount of the  liquidation  account may be  decreased  if the balances of
eligible deposits decrease on the annual determination dates. The balance of the
liquidation  account was  $63,709,000  at December 31, 1997 and  $71,589,000  at
December 31, 1996.

     The  Bank  is not  permitted  to  declare  or pay a cash  dividend  on,  or
repurchase  any of its stock if the effect  thereof would cause its net worth to
be reduced below either (i) the amount required for the  liquidation  account or
(ii) the amount of applicable regulatory capital requirements.

     Retained income at December 31, 1997 and 1996 includes  $85,107,000,  which
has been  segregated for federal income tax purposes as a bad debt reserve.  Any
use of this amount for purposes  other than to absorb losses on loans may result
in taxable income, under federal regulations, at current rates. The Bank did not
recognize any tax bad debt  deductions  during the year ended December 31, 1997.
For the  years  ending  December  31,  1996  and  December  31,  1995,  the Bank
recognized tax bad debt deductions of $661,000 and $52,000, respectively.
(See Note 14.)

NOTE (18) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     Lease Commitments
     The Bank occupies premises covered by noncancelable  leases with expiration
dates through  October 31, 2002 (exclusive of renewal  options).  Rental expense
under these  leases for the years ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995 was
$272,000,  $267,000  and  $262,000,  respectively.  At December  31,  1997,  the
projected minimum rental payments (exclusive of possible rent escalation charges
and  normal  recurring  charges  for  maintenance,  insurance  and taxes) are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    Years Ending
                    December 31,     Amount
                    ------------     ------
                          (In Thousands)

                       <S>           <C>   
                       1998          $  197
                       1999             191
                       2000             166
                       2001             100
                       2002              50
                       Thereafter       -  
                                     ------
                       Total         $  704
                                     ======
</TABLE>

     Loan Commitments
     ----------------
     At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  commitments to originate  mortgage loans at
fixed rates were  $54,810,000  with stated rates ranging from 7.05% to 7.68% and
$34,376,000 with stated rates ranging from 7.38% to 8.00%,  respectively.  There
were no commitments to originate  adjustable rate mortgages at December 31, 1997
and 1996.  At  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  deposit  account  overdraft  lines
available  were $821,000 and $745,000,  respectively,  with stated rates ranging
from  10.00% to 12.00% and unused  business  lines of credit  were  $16,000  and
$16,000, respectively,  with a stated rate of 15.00%. At December 31, 1997 there
were $233,000 of student loans held for sale.  There were no loans held for sale
at December 31, 1996.

     Security Purchase Commitments
     -----------------------------
     At December 31, 1997,  there were  commitments  to purchase  $15,000,000
federal  agency  securities  at par with a three month term to maturity and a 
yield of 5.62%.

     Litigation
     ----------
     The Bank is a  defendant  in  several  lawsuits  arising  out of the normal
conduct of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal
counsel,  the  ultimate  outcome  of these  matters  is not  expected  to have a
material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  results  of  operations,  business
operations or the consolidated financial condition of the Company.



<PAGE>


NOTE (19)  PENSION PLAN

                     Retirement Plan of Jamaica Savings Bank
                     ---------------------------------------
     The Bank sponsors a trusteed  non-contributory defined benefit pension plan
(the Pension Plan) covering substantially all of its full-time employees.  It is
the policy of the Bank to fund current and past service  pension costs  accrued.
The  following  table sets forth the Pension  Plan's  funded  status and amounts
recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        1997          1996
                                                        ----          ----
                                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>    
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Accumulated benefit obligation, including
   vested benefits of $28,527,000 and
   $25,451,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
   respectively                                      $(29,190)     $(26,001)
                                                     ========      ========

Projected benefit obligation for services
   rendered to date                                   (42,405)      (36,701)
Plan assets at fair value, primarily listed
   stocks and U.S. bonds                               63,711        52,873
                                                     --------      --------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit
   obligation                                          21,306        16,172
Unrecognized net gain from past experience
   different from that assumed and effects of
   changes in assumptions                             (13,779)       (9,801)
Unrecognized prior service cost                         1,576         1,721
Unrecognized net asset being amortized over
   18.35 years                                         (3,340)       (3,794)
                                                     --------      --------
Prepaid pension cost                                 $  5,763      $  4,298
                                                     ========      ========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
        The  components  of net  periodic  pension  income  for the years  ended
December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, are as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                                       1997          1996         1995
                                                       ----          ----         ----
                                                                 (In Thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>    
     Service cost-benefits earned                    $    998      $  1,078      $   619
     Interest cost on projected
       benefit obligation                               2,295         2,239        2,066
     Actual return on plan assets                     (12,475)       (7,140)     (10,631)
     Net amortization and deferral                      7,717         3,112        7,184
                                                     --------      --------      -------

Net periodic pension (income)                        $ (1,465)     $   (711)     $  (762)
                                                     ========      ========      =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

        The expected  long-term rate of return on assets was 8.00% for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. The following actuarial assumptions have
been made to determine  the actuarial  present  value of the  projected  benefit
obligation for the years ended December 31:
<CAPTION>

                                                       1997          1996         1995
                                                       ----          ----         ----
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>          <C>  
Rate of increase in future compensation                6.50%         6.50%        6.50%
Weighted average discount rate                         5.75%         6.50%        6.00%
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


              Jamaica Savings Bank Benefit Restoration Plan-Pension
              -----------------------------------------------------

     The Bank sponsors a pension benefit restoration plan (Pension Restore Plan)
to provide retirement  benefits which would have been provided under the Pension
Plan  except  for  limitations  imposed  by Section  415 and  401(a)(17)  of the
Internal Revenue Code.  Payments under the Pension Restore Plan will be paid out
of the general assets of the Bank.

<TABLE>
     The  following  sets forth the Pension  Restore  Plan's  status and amounts
recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements at December 31:
<CAPTION>

                                                     1997          1996
                                                     ----          ----
                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>            <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Accumulated benefit obligation, all of which
 are vested                                        $(4,036)       $(3,936)
                                                   =======        =======
Projected benefit obligation for service
 rendered to date                                   (4,728)        (4,607)
Plan assets at fair value                             -              -
                                                   -------        -------

Projected benefit obligations in excess of
 plan assets                                        (4,728)        (4,607)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience
 different from that assumed and effects of
 changes in assumptions                                831          1,003
Unrecognized prior service cost                         (4)            (4)
Additional minimum liability                          (135)          (328)
                                                   -------        -------
Accrued pension cost                               $(4,036)       $(3,936)
                                                   =======        =======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
     The components for the net periodic Pension Restore Plan cost for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, are as follows:
<CAPTION>
                                                      1997           1996           1995
                                                      ----           ----           ----
                                                                  (In Thousands)

<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>    
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation      $   273        $   274        $   264
Net amortization and deferral                           54            252             41
                                                   -------        -------        -------

Net periodic Pension Restore Plan cost             $   327        $   526        $   305
                                                   =======        =======        =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

        The  following  actuarial  assumptions  have been made to determine  the
projected benefit obligation for the years ended December 31:
<CAPTION>

                                                   1997          1996         1995
                                                   ----          ----         ----
     <S>                                           <C>           <C>          <C>  
     Rate of increase in future compensation       6.50%         6.50%        6.50%
     Weighted average discount rate                5.75%         6.50%        6.00%
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


NOTE (20)  POST RETIREMENT BENEFITS, OTHER THAN PENSIONS
     The Bank's life insurance benefit plan provides for continued  coverage for
retirees  with fifteen  years of credited  service.  The coverage at the time of
retirement  is  reduced  by 20% per year  over a five  year  period to a minimum
coverage  of $5,000,  which  remains in force until  death.  The retiree has the
option each time the coverage is reduced to convert all or part of the reduction
to whole-life  coverage at the retiree's cost based on his/her  attained age and
without medical examination.

         The net  periodic  cost,  before  income  taxes,  related to the Bank's
postretirement  life  insurance  benefits for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995,  was $69,000,  $70,000 and $64,000,  respectively.  This periodic
cost is included in the current cost of compensation and benefits.

NOTE (21)  INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLAN
     The Incentive Savings Plan (the Savings Plan) is a defined contribution and
thrift  savings plan.  Prior to the  suspension of the Savings Plan during 1990,
all full-time employees were eligible for voluntary participation after one year
of continuous service.  The Savings Plan continues to earn income on the Savings
Plan's  investments.  It is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement
Income  Security Act of 1974  (ERISA),  as amended.  The Bank bears the costs of
administering the Savings Plan.

     In connection  with the Bank's adoption of an Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(ESOP)  during 1990,  in order to comply with the  limitations  set forth by the
Internal Revenue Code regarding  qualified plans, no further  contributions have
been made to the Savings Plan.  Management  has  determined to continue the ESOP
and that contributions to the Savings Plan will remain suspended indefinitely.

NOTE (22)  STOCK OPTION PLANS
     Effective  upon the  conversion of the Bank, in 1990,  from mutual to stock
form of ownership  (the  Conversion),  the Company  adopted the Incentive  Stock
Option Plan (the Stock  Option  Plan) and the Option Plan for Outside  Directors
(the Directors' Option Plan).

Stock Option Plan
- ------------------
     Under the Stock Option Plan,  1,430,000  common stock options (which expire
ten years from the date of grant,  June 27, 1990) were granted to the  executive
officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiary,  the Bank. Each option
entitles  the holder to purchase one share of the  Company's  common stock at an
exercise  price equal to $10.00 per share (the initial public  offering  price).
Options became exercisable on a cumulative basis in equal installments at a rate
of 20% per year commencing one year from the date of grant.  Simultaneously with
the grant of these options,  "limited rights" with respect to the shares covered
by the options were  granted.  Limited  rights  granted are subject to terms and
conditions  and can be exercised only in the event of a change in control of the
Company.  Upon  exercise of a limited  right,  the holder shall receive from the
Company a cash payment equal to the difference between the exercise price of the
option  ($10.00)  and the fair market value of the  underlying  shares of common
stock. During the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, 122,646, 121,256
and  161,860  options  granted  under the  Stock  Option  Plan  were  exercised,
respectively.  At December 31, 1997, the remaining 324,140 options granted under
the Stock Option Plan were exercisable.

Directors' Option Plan
- -----------------------
     Each member of the Board of Directors, who is not an officer or employee of
the  Company or the Bank,  was  granted  nonstatutory  common  stock  options to
purchase  25,000  shares of the common  stock.  In  addition,  active  Directors
Emeritus were each granted  nonstatutory common stock options to purchase 10,000
shares of the common stock. In the aggregate,  members of the Board of Directors
and active  Directors  Emeritus of the Company were granted  options to purchase
170,000  shares of the common stock of the Company at an exercise price equal to
$10.00 per share (the initial public offering  price) with limited  rights.  All
options granted, including limited rights attached thereto, under the Directors'
Option Plan expire upon the earlier of 10 years  following  the date of grant or
one year  following  the date the optionee  ceases to be a Director.  During the

<PAGE>

years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996,  6,250,  and 2,000 options granted under
the Directors' Option Plan were exercised.  There were no options exercised from
the Directors'  Option Plan during 1995. At December 31, 1997,  146,750  options
granted under the Directors' Option Plan were exercisable.

The 1996 Stock Option Plan
- --------------------------
     The JSB  Financial,  Inc.  1996 Stock  Option Plan (the 1996 Option  Plan),
became effective  January 1, 1996,  subject to stockholder  approval,  which was
obtained on May 14, 1996. The Company reserved 800,000 shares of common stock of
the  Company for  issuance  upon the  exercise of options.  The 1996 Option Plan
provides  for:  (1) the grant of stock  options to  directors on an annual basis
pursuant to a specified  formula;  (2) the grant of stock options to officers at
the  discretion of the Employee  Benefits  Committee of the Bank; (3) if certain
events,  which are likely to lead to a change in  control of the  Company or the
Bank, should occur, stock options relating to any shares of the Company reserved
for issuance that were not previously  made subject to options,  will be granted
to all current directors and officers who were previously  granted stock options
under the 1996 Option Plan; (4) the grant of limited  rights  relating to all of
the foregoing options, which shall be exercisable only upon a change of control;
and (5) the grant of dividend  equivalent  rights  (DER)  relating to all of the
foregoing  options,  which may provide for a cash payment to the  optionee  upon
exercise of the  option,  based on the  difference  between  the  percentage  of
earnings  per  share  paid by the  Company  as cash  dividends  compared  to the
percentage  of  earnings  per share paid as cash  dividends  by the  twenty-five
largest stock owned thrift  institutions in the United States,  calculated on an
annual basis.

         Under the 1996 Option Plan,  each of the  Company's  Directors,  who is
neither an  officer  nor an  employee  of the  Company  or the Bank,  is granted
annually,  nonstatutory  common  stock  options to purchase  4,000 shares of the
common  stock,  each  active  Director  Emeritus  is granted  2,000  options and
individuals  who become  directors are granted 5,000  options.  Options  granted
under the 1996 Option Plan are granted at an exercise  price equal to the market
closing price of the Company's  common stock on the business day prior to grant.
The option period during which an individual  granted  options may exercise such
option will commence six months after the date of grant and will expire no later
than ten years from the date of the grant.  During 1997,  8,000 options  granted
from the 1996 Option Plan were exercised.  At December 31, 1997,  326,000 of the
332,000  options  outstanding  under  the 1996  Option  Plan  were  exercisable.
Effective  January 1, 1998,  an  additional  164,000  options were granted at an
exercise price of $50.0625 per share.

<TABLE>
         The following table presents option transactions  summarized for all of
the Company's stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997.
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Weighted
                                                                          Average
                                                       Number of         Exercise
                                                        Shares             Price
                                                        ------             -----
      <S>                                              <C>                <C>   
      Options outstanding at December 31, 1994          889,892           $10.00
      1995 Grants                                          -                 -
      1995 Forfeitures                                      (61)           10.00
      1995 Exercises                                   (161,860)           10.00
                                                        -------            -----

      Options outstanding at December 31, 1995          727,971            10.00
      1996 Grants                                       165,000            31.63
      1996 Forfeitures                                   (4,929)           10.00
      1996 Exercises                                   (123,256)           10.00
                                                        -------            ----- 

      Options outstanding at December 31, 1996          764,786            14.67
      1997 Grants                                       175,000            38.48
      1997 Forfeitures                                     -                 -
      1997 Exercises                                   (136,896)           11.45
                                                        -------            -----

      Options outstanding at December 31, 1997          802,890           $20.40
                                                        =======            =====

      Options exercisable at December 31, 1997          796,890           $20.20
                                                        =======            =====
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

         The range of  exercise  prices on options  outstanding  were  $10.00 to
$47.88,  $10.00 to $31.63,  and all at $10.00,  for the years ended December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The weighted average remaining  contractual
life for all stock options outstanding at December 31, 1997 was five years.

<TABLE>
     In  accordance  with  Statement  123,  the Company  used the  Black-Scholes
option-pricing  model to  determine  the fair value of the 1996 and 1997  option
grants, using the following weighted average assumptions:
<CAPTION>

                                                1997           1996
                                                ----           ----
<S>                                           <C>            <C>  
Dividend yield                                  3.63%          3.63%
Expected volatility                            20.93          21.92
Risk-free interest rate                         6.28           5.44
Expected option lives                         6 Years        6 Years
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
         On a pro forma basis, had  compensation  expense for the Company's 1996
Stock Option Plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for
awards made under that plan, in accordance  with the expense method of Statement
123, the  Company's net income and earnings per share would have been reduced as
follows for the years ended December 31:
<CAPTION>

                                                   1997      1996
                                                   ----      ----

               <S>                                <C>       <C>    
               Net income (as reported)           $37,090   $26,725
               Pro forma net income               $36,288   $26,188

               Basic EPS (as reported)              $3.76     $2.66
               Pro forma Basic EPS                  $3.68     $2.60

               Diluted EPS (as reported)            $3.64     $2.56
               Pro forma Diluted EPS                $3.56     $2.51
</TABLE>

         The pro forma results  presented above may not be representative of the
effects reported in pro forma net income for future years, because Statement 123
was not applied to all outstanding, non-vested awards, as Statement 123 does not
apply to awards prior to January 1, 1996.

         The Company modified the 1996 Stock Option Plan, as originally adopted,
to allow for the cash  payment for the DER to option  holders;  rather than have
the DER reduce the exercise price of the option.  This change separated the cost
of the DER  from the cost of the  option,  and is  expected  to  result  in less
expense  volatility.  The  Company  recognized  $73,000  and  $99,000 of expense
related to the DER for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
For 1996 the Company recognized $330,000 in expense for the difference in market
closing price between the option grant date and date of stockholder approval.

NOTE (23)  STOCK PLANS
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
- ------------------------------
     Since 1990 the Bank has  maintained an ESOP.  For 1995,  1996 and 1997, the
Board of Directors  authorized  contributions  to the ESOP, to purchase  shares,
based on approximately 6.0% of employees' base salary.

     ESOP  benefits  generally  become  20% vested  after each year of  credited
service,  becoming  100%  vested  after  five  years of  service  with the Bank.
Forfeitures  are  reallocated  among  participating   employees,   in  the  same
proportion as contributions.  Benefits are payable upon death, retirement, early
retirement,  disability or separation from service and may be payable in cash or
stock.  The Bank  recorded a net  expense of  $566,000,  $550,000  and  $533,000
related  to the ESOP for the  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,
respectively.  There were three unallocated  shares in the ESOP Plan at December
31, 1997 and none at December 31, 1996 and 1995.

     The  trustee  for the ESOP must vote all  allocated  stock held in the ESOP
trust in accordance  with the  instructions  of the  participants.  Common stock
allocated  to  participants  was  15,342,  17,633 and 21,583 for the years ended
December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The Bank  bears the cost of
administering the ESOP.


<PAGE>

Directors' Stock Program
- ------------------------
     To  further  align  the  outside  Directors'  interest  with  those  of the
Company's  stockholders,  on December  9, 1997,  the Board of  Directors  of the
Company  authorized the issuance of up to 20,000 shares of the Company's  common
stock to the Company's non-employee  directors,  pursuant to the Jamaica Savings
Bank FSB Directors'  Stock Program (the Directors'  Stock Program).  Pursuant to
the Directors Stock Program, each year,  non-employee Directors of the Bank will
receive shares of the Company's common stock having a fair market value equal to
approximately  one-third of the annual  directorship  fees during such year. The
stock will be issued in lieu of a cash payment of such fees. Shares  distributed
thereunder  will be from the  Company's  treasury  stock.  The  operation of the
Directors' Stock Program is automatic, with the determination of the appropriate
number of shares to be issued to each director based on the fair market value of
the  common  stock at the  close  of  business  prior  to the date of  issuance.
Directors do not have the option to receive cash rather than stock in payment of
the portion of their fees subject to the Directors'  Stock Program.  The maximum
number  of  shares to be issued  to any  eligible  director  during  1998 is not
expected to exceed 200 shares.

Bank Recognition and Retention Plans and Trusts
- ----------------------------------------------
     In connection with the Company's initial public stock offering during 1990,
to provide  employees,  officers and  directors  of the Bank with a  proprietary
interest in the Company and in a manner designed to retain such individuals, the
Bank  established the Bank  Recognition  and Retention  Plans (BRRPs).  The Bank
contributed  a total of $6.4  million  to the BRRPs  during  1990 to  acquire an
aggregate  of 640,000  shares of the  Company's  common  stock in the  Company's
initial public stock offering, all of which have been awarded. Awards vested 20%
per year  commencing  one year from the date of the award,  and vested 100% upon
termination  of  employment  due to  death,  disability  or  normal  retirement.
Unvested  amounts  represented  deferred  compensation  and were  reflected as a
reduction of stockholders'  equity. Awards under the BRRPs were fully vested and
the BRRPs were terminated during 1995. The Bank recorded an expense of $594,000,
for the BRRPs for the year  ended  December  31,  1995.  Pursuant  to the BRRPs,
51,631  shares of common  stock were vested  during the year ended  December 31,
1995.

NOTE (24)  BENEFIT RESTORATION PLAN
     The Bank maintains a non-qualified  Benefit  Restoration  Plan (the Restore
Plan),  to compensate  participants in the Bank's benefit plans that are limited
by Section 415 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  With  certain  exceptions,  the
Restore Plan is unfunded.  However,  in connection with the ESOP, which entitles
participants to shares of the Company's common stock and the Savings Plan, which
entitles  participants  to direct  amounts,  if any,  invested in the  Company's
stock,  the Bank  established a trust. The purpose of this trust is to purchase,
on an ongoing basis,  shares of the Company's common stock to which participants
of the Restore Plan are entitled. By establishing this trust, the Bank fixed the
amount of cash  expended  for amounts  payable in shares of common  stock of the
Company or its equivalent cash value at the time of payout. The shares of common
stock held by the trust are reflected as  contra-equity  and additional  paid-in
capital on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition of the Company. At
December 31, 1997 and 1996,  the trust held 188,323 and 166,848 shares of common
stock,  respectively,  at  an  aggregate  cost  of  $4,199,000  and  $3,275,000,
respectively. The expense recognized for the Restore Plan in connection with the
ESOP for 1997, 1996 and 1995 was $113,000, $105,000 and $35,000, respectively.

NOTE (25)  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
     SFAS No.  107  "Disclosures  about  Fair  Value of  Financial  Instruments"
(Statement  107) defines the fair value of a financial  instrument as the amount
at which the  instrument  could be  exchanged in a current  transaction  between
willing  parties.  Statement 107 provides  limited guidance for calculating fair
value estimates when quoted prices are not available,  therefore the Company has
disclosed the valuation  approach and the material  assumptions  which have been
made. The relevance and  reliability  of the estimates of fair values  presented
are limited, given the dynamic nature of market conditions, including changes in
interest rates, the real estate market,  existing borrowers' financial condition
and numerous other factors over time.


        The  following  methods and  assumptions  were utilized by management to
estimate the fair value of each class of financial  instruments  at December 31,
1997 and 1996:

     Cash and cash  equivalents,  interest due and accrued:  The carrying values
approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

     Securities   available-for-sale,   securities  held-to-maturity  and  other
investments:  The estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices at the
reporting  date for those or similar  investments,  except for Federal Home Loan
Bank stock, which is reflected at cost.

     Mortgage and other loans: For certain homogeneous categories of loans, such
as some residential  mortgages and student loans,  fair value is estimated using
the quoted market prices for securities  backed by similar  loans,  adjusted for
differences  in loan  characteristics.  In  addition,  it is assumed that one-to
four-family  fixed rate mortgage loans are FNMA qualifying,  and could therefore
be  packaged  into a MBS.  The  estimated  fair value for the  remainder  of the
mortgage and other loan  portfolios was computed by discounting  the contractual
future cash flows at rates offered by the Bank, which approximate  market rates,
at December 31, 1997 and 1996 on loans with terms similar to the remaining  term
to maturity and to borrowers  with similar  credit  quality.  The estimated fair
value of  non-performing  loans,  if material,  are  calculated on an individual
basis, applying a discount commensurate with the credit risk.

        Techniques  for  estimating  fair value are  extremely  sensitive to the
assumptions  and  estimates  used.   While   management  has  attempted  to  use
assumptions  and  estimates  which it believes are most  reflective  of the loan
portfolio and the current  market,  a greater degree of subjectivity is inherent
in these values than those determined in formal trading  marketplaces.  As such,
readers are cautioned in using this  information  for purposes of evaluating the
financial  condition  and/or  value  of  the  Company  in and  of  itself  or in
comparison with any other company.

     Deposits: All deposits, except certificates, are subject to rate changes at
any time,  and  therefore  are  considered  to be  carried  at fair  value.  The
estimates  of fair  value for  certificates  reflect  the  present  value of the
contractual  future  cash flow for each  certificate.  The  present  value rates
utilized were the rates offered by the Bank (which  approximate market rates) at
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,  on a certificate with an initial term
to  maturity   equal  to  the  remaining   term  to  maturity  of  the  existing
certificates.

     Commitments:  Commitments  to originate  loans and purchase  securities are
derived by applying the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements,
taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit
worthiness of the  counterparties.  For fixed-rate loan  commitments,  estimated
fair value also considers the difference between interest rates on the reporting
date and the committed  rates.  The  estimated  fair value of lines of credit is
based on the fees charged for similar  agreements  or on the  estimated  cost to
terminate them or otherwise  settle the obligations with the  counterparties  at
the reporting  dates.  The  commitments  existing at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
would have been offered at substantially the same rates and under  substantially
the same terms that would have been offered at December 31, 1997 and 1996 to the
counterparties;  therefore the estimated fair value of the  commitments was zero
at those dates.



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
The  following  table  presents  carrying  values and  estimated  fair values of
<CAPTION>
financial instruments at December 31:

                                      1997                    1996
                               -------------------    --------------------
                                         Estimated               Estimated
                               Carrying     Fair      Carrying      Fair
                                 Value     Value        Value      Value
                                 -----     -----        -----      -----
                                             (In Thousands)
<S>                             <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>  
Financial assets
   Cash and cash equivalents    $   74,924 $   74,924  $   99,394 $   99,394
   Securities available-for-sale    62,243     62,243      51,021     51,021
   Securities held-to-maturity     352,967    353,996     460,509    461,784
   Other investments                 7,645      7,645       6,859      6,859
   Mortgage loans, gross           979,810  1,031,586     835,958    846,508
   Other loans, gross               29,148     29,256      27,894     27,970
   Interest due and accrued          9,278      9,278       9,310      9,310

Financial liabilities
   Deposits                     $1,121,203 $1,121,903  $1,144,393 $1,144,690
</TABLE>


NOTE (26)  REGULATORY CAPITAL
     The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital  requirements
can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional  discretionary actions by
regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could have a direct  material  effect on the
Bank's  financial   statements.   Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the
regulatory  framework for prompt corrective  action, the Bank must meet specific
capital  guidelines  that involve  quantitative  measures of the Bank's  assets,
liabilities and certain off  balance-sheet  items as calculated under regulatory
accounting  practices.  The Bank's capital amounts and  classification  are also
subject to  qualitative  judgments  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk
weightings and other factors.



<PAGE>


     Quantitative  measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios. The most recent
notification  from the Office of Thrift  Supervision  (OTS),  as of December 31,
1996,  categorized the Bank as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework
for prompt  corrective  action.  There are no  conditions  or events  since that
notification that management  believes have changed the institution's  category.
The  following  table sets forth the required  ratios and amounts and the Bank's
actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   To be Well Capitalized
                                                  For Capital     Under Prompt Corrective
                                  Actual       Adequacy Purposes      Action Provisions
                              -----------------------------------------------------------
                              Amount   Ratio     Amount    Ratio    Amount    Ratio
                              ------   -----     ------    -----    ------    -----
                                                (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                           <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
1997
  Total risk-based capital
    (to risk weighted assets) $224,444  21.66%  $ 82,889   8.00%    $103,612   10.00%
  Tangible capital
    (to tangible assets)       229,168  16.35     21,020   1.50        N/A      N/A
  Tier I leverage (core)
   capital (to adjusted
   tangible assets)            229,168  16.35     42,040   3.00       51,806    5.00

1996
  Total risk-based capital
    (to risk weighted assets) $182,345  19.96%  $ 73,074   8.00%    $ 91,343   10.00%
  Tangible capital
    (to tangible assets)       188,309  13.54     20,866   1.50         N/A     N/A
  Tier I leverage (core)
   capital (to adjusted
   tangible assets)            188,309  13.54     41,733   3.00       69,555    5.00

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

     The OTS regulatory capital  requirements  incorporate an interest rate risk
(IRR)  component.  Savings  institutions  with "above  normal" IRR  exposure are
subject to a deduction from regulatory capital for purposes of calculating their
risk-based  capital  requirements.  Implementation of the IRR component has been
delayed by the OTS.

     OTS regulations  generally  require that  institutions  deduct from capital
their  investment in and advances to  subsidiaries  engaged,  as  principal,  in
activities not permissible for national banks, such as real estate  development.
OTS regulations  also require that all equity and direct  investments  including
all loans and advances in which a legally  binding  commitment  existed at April
12,  1989 be deducted  from  capital for the  purposes of  computing  regulatory
capital  ratios.  As a result of this  regulation,  the Bank  excluded  from its
regulatory  capital  $6,827,000  and  $13,687,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

     Distributions charged against an institution's  capital accounts,  such as,
the upstreaming of funds to holding companies are subject to certain limitations
under OTS regulations.  An institution,  such as the Bank, which meets its fully
phased-in capital requirements is able to pay dividends to the Company,  upon 30
days notice to the OTS, in an amount that would reduce its surplus capital ratio
by one-half at the beginning of the year, plus all of its net income  determined
on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles for that calendar year.
The institution must continue to meet all fully phased-in  capital  requirements
after the proposed capital distribution.



<PAGE>


NOTE (27)  PARENT ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     The following  condensed  statements of financial condition at December 31,
1997 and 1996 and the condensed  statements of operations and cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995, for JSB Financial,  Inc.  (Parent
company only) present the Company's  investment in its wholly-owned  subsidiary,
the Bank, using the equity method of accounting.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
                           December 31, 1997 and 1996
                                 (In Thousands)

                                                      1997            1996
                                                      ----            ----
<S>                                                <C>             <C>
ASSETS                                                                    
Cash and cash equivalents                          $ 17,164        $ 15,582
Securities held-to-maturity, net (estimated fair
  value of $70,000 and $80,028, respectively)        70,000          80,007
Mortgage loans, net                                  15,195          15,239
Other assets, net                                       691             680
Investment in the Bank                              264,464         223,791
                                                   --------        --------
      Total Assets                                 $367,514        $335,299
                                                   ========        ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities, net                                   $   -           $   -
Stockholders' equity                                367,514         335,299
                                                   --------        --------
       Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity  $367,514        $335,299
                                                   ========        ========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Condensed Statements of Operations
                        For the Years Ended December 31,
                                 (In Thousands)

                                                            1997        1996       1995
                                                            ----        ----       ----
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>        <C>    
Dividends from the Bank                                  $  -        $20,000    $43,000
Interest income                                            6,080       6,589      7,275
Other income                                                  13          18         15
                                                         -------     -------    -------
      Total income                                         6,093      26,607     50,290
                                                         -------     -------    -------

Expenses                                                     531         451        437
                                                         -------     -------    -------

Income Before Income Taxes and Equity in
  Undistributed Earnings of the Bank                       5,562      26,156     49,853

Provision for Income Taxes                                 1,781       2,100      2,557
                                                         -------     -------    -------

Income Before Equity in Undistributed Earnings
  of the Bank                                              3,781      24,056     47,296
Equity in Undistributed Earnings of the Bank,
  Net of Provision for Income Taxes                       33,309       2,669    (25,122)1
                                                         -------     -------    -------  
      Net Income                                         $37,090     $26,725    $22,174
                                                         =======     =======    =======
<FN>

  1 Represents excess of dividends over net income.
</FN>
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
                        For the Years Ended December 31,
                                 (In Thousands)

                                                          1997         1996        1995
                                                          ----         ----        ----
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                                         
Net income                                             $ 37,090    $  26,725   $  22,174
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
 provided by operating activities:
(Equity in undistributed earnings) excess of
 dividends over net income of the Bank                  (33,309)      (2,669)     25,122
(Increase) decrease in other assets                         (11)         697        (247)
Other                                                        (2)        -           -
                                                       --------    ---------   ---------
   Net cash provided by operating activities              3,768       24,753      47,049
                                                       --------    ---------   ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of securities held-to-maturity               (260,000)    (205,021)   (190,000)
Proceeds from maturities of securities held-
 to-maturity                                            270,000      215,000     170,000
Principal payments on mortgage loans                         44           40          38
Accretion of discount in excess of amortization of
 premium on debt securities                                   7           14        -
                                                       --------    ---------   ---------
   Net cash provided (used) by investing activities      10,051       10,033     (19,962)
                                                       --------    ---------   ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Cash dividends paid to common stockholders              (13,805)     (12,090)    (10,616)
Payments to repurchase common stock                        -         (27,650)     (9,881)
Proceeds upon exercise of common stock options            1,568        1,233       1,619
                                                       --------    ---------   ---------
   Net cash used by financing activities                (12,237)     (38,507)    (18,878)
                                                       --------    ---------   ---------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      1,582       (3,721)      8,209
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year           15,582       19,303      11,094
                                                       --------    ---------   ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year               $ 17,164    $  15,582   $  19,303
                                                       ========    =========   =========
</TABLE>



<PAGE>




KPMG Peat Marwick LLP





INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT




To The Stockholders
and The Board of Directors of JSB Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of financial condition
of JSB Financial,  Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  changes in stockholders' equity
and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31,
1997. These  consolidated  financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of JSB Financial,  Inc.
and  subsidiary  at  December  31,  1997  and  1996,  and the  results  of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year  period
ended  December 31, 1997,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.



                              KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Jericho, New York
January 29, 1998



KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



                          Independent Auditors' Consent


The Stockholders and the
   Board of Directors of
   JSB Financial, Inc.:


We consent to incorporation  by reference in the  Registration  Statements (Nos.
33-37217,  33-36491  and  33-36490)  on Form S-8 of JSB  Financial,  Inc. of our
report  dated  January 29,  1998,  relating to the  consolidated  statements  of
financial  condition of JSB  Financial,  Inc. and  subsidiary as of December 31,
1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
stockholders'  equity  and cash  flows for each of the  years in the  three-year
period ended December 31, 1997, which report is incorporated by reference to the
December 31, 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K of JSB Financial, Inc.



                                               KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


Jericho, New York
March 27, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
This  schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
Statement  of Financial  Condition as of December 31, 1997 and the  Consolidated
Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 1997 and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000861499
<NAME>                        JSB Financial, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. Dollars
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              Dec-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 Jan-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   Dec-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         12,924
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                         0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                               62,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    62,243
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         352,967
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           353,996
<LOANS>                                        1,005,625
<ALLOWANCE>                                    5,880
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1,535,031
<DEPOSITS>                                     1,121,203
<SHORT-TERM>                                   0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                            46,314
<LONG-TERM>                                    0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       160
<OTHER-SE>                                     367,354
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 1,535,031
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                76,219
<INTEREST-INVEST>                              28,020
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               3,503
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                               107,742
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                             39,874
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             39,874
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                          67,868
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                  648
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                             6,991
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                27,434
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                61,715
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                     37,090
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   37,090
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  3.76
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  3.64
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                 4.73
<LOANS-NON>                                    12,754
<LOANS-PAST>                                   515
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                               1,840
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                               5,327
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                  107
<RECOVERIES>                                   12
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                              5,880
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                           5,880
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                            0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                        0
        


</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
Statement  of Financial  Condition as of December 31, 1996 and the  Consolidated
Statement of INcome for the year ended December 31, 1996 and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000861499
<NAME>                        JSB Financial, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. Dollars
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              Dec-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 Jan-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   Dec-31-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         12,894
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                         0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                               86,500
<TRADING-ASSETS>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    51,021
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         460,509
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           461,784
<LOANS>                                        860,101
<ALLOWANCE>                                    5,327
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1,516,016
<DEPOSITS>                                     1,144,393
<SHORT-TERM>                                   0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                            36,324
<LONG-TERM>                                    0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       160
<OTHER-SE>                                     335,139
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 1,516,016
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                71,251
<INTEREST-INVEST>                              32,497
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               3,863
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                               107,611
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                             40,217
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             40,217
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                          67,394
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                  640
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                             2
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                27,598
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                46,277
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                     26,725
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   26,725
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  2.66
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  2.56
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                 4.68
<LOANS-NON>                                    12,754
<LOANS-PAST>                                   1,397
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                               1,874
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                               4,697
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                  33
<RECOVERIES>                                   23
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                              5,327
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                           5,327
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                            0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                        0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission